artresearch.com.au

The Scheding Index of Australian Art & Artists

Search or browse the Index to locate biographical information
on Australian artists more details»


Showing 158,397 records of 158,397 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 139,001 – 140,000 of 158,397 | Next | Last

Angyal Bela list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Annand Douglas list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Apponyi Silvio Albert list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Arcadiou Stelios Albert list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Archer Hilary list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Wrigley Hilary see Archer Hilary list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Arkeveld Hans list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Armstrong John list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Arnall Vincent Mark list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Arthur W Thomas list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Baldessin George list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ball Percival list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Baneth Erica list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Baneth-Gooday see Erica Baneth list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Foti see Erica Baneth list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Baron Sydney list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Barrie May list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Bartlett Geoffrey R list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Baskerville Margaret list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Bass Tom Dwyer list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Beadle Paul list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Bence Ronald list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Benson Eva list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Bishop Tony list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Blizzard Peter Hugh list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Boileau Patrick list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Boreham Lorraine list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Bow Ian list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Bowles W Leslie list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Boyce Don Frederick list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Boyd Arthur list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Boyd David list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Boyd Guy list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Boyd Hermia Sappho list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Brassil Joan list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Brecknock Richard list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Broad Rodney list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Brook Donald list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Broughton Owen list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Brown Jan list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Brown Mike list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Brown Robert list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Browne Russell list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Buckley Brad list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Burns Timothy David list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Butler Roger list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Buzacott Michael list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Cannizzo Phillip Joseph list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Cherina Drago Mario Predrag list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Clark Marc list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Clements William list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Clutterbuck Jock list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Cohn Anna list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Cohn Ola list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Colahan Colin list of the sculptor’s exhibitionsview full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Cole Peter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions (2 sculptors with this name}view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Cole Peter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions (2 sculptors with this name}view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Coleing Tony list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Collings Silver Ley see Ware Silver list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ware Silver Ley see Collings list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Copping Bruce list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Corlett Peter Geoffrey list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Costerman Charles list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Coulter Dianne Marguerite list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Cowan Theo list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Cowley Jim list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Creaser Marleen list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Cripps Peter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dabro Ante list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dadswell Lyndon list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Daen Lindsay list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dall’ava Augustine list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Danko Aleksander list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Davidson Peter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Davie John S list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Davies Isabel list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
David John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dawson Paula Joyce list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
de Clario Domenico list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dennis C Elwyn list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dineen Kaye list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dodd Margaret list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dowie John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dudley Rodney list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Duldig Karl list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dunn Noel list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Dutton Orlando list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Eades Lenora list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Boyd Lenora later Eades list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Elenberg Joel list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Elischer John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Elliott John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ely Bonita list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Enyi George list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Erskine Doug list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Essex Noel list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ewers Raymond Boultwood list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Fabian Erwin list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Fillans James D list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Fischer John A list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Fizelle Rah list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Fleischmann Arthur John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Flugalman Herbert list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Fraser Mary Mehetabel list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Friend Donald list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Fries Ernst list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Frith Clifford list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Gardner John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Georgeson Harry list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Gascoigne Rosalie list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Gilbert Charles Web list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Giugliarelli Bruno list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Glaser-Hinder April list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Gore Donald list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Graham Anne list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Greenhalgh Victor Edward list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Greenwood Garry list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Gregory William A list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Grounds Joan list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Grounds Marr list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Grounds Ross list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hallandal Pam list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hamilton David list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hammial Philip R list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hammond Stanley list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Harbott Alwyn Michael list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Harvey Lewis J list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hazzard Christopher list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Henry Lucien list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hilder Bim list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hinder Frank list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hinder Margel list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hirst George W list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hoff Rayner list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hohaus Herman list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Honybun Elizabeth A list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hunt Diana list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hutchinson Allen list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Hutchison Noel Stewart list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Illingworth Nelson list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ingham Alan list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ireland Geoffrey list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Jenyns Bob list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Jenyns Lorraine list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Jomantas Vincas list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Jones David John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Jordan Col list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Juniper Robert list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Kain Robert list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Kane Julius list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Kuhn see Kane Julius list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Keogh Norman Rex list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
King Inge list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Kitching Michael list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Klippel Robert list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Knorr Hans list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Koning Theodore Jacobus list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Korn Tibor list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Kossatz Les list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Kozlowski Brunon list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Krzywolkulski John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Laeubli Annis list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lambert Frank list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lambert George Washington list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lambert Louis list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lambert Maurice list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lanceley Colin list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lange Eleanora list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Langley Robert Savige list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Last Clifford list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Latella Diego list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Leckie Alex list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lendon Nigel list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Leveson Ken list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lewers Gerald Francis list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Leysalle Emile list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lindsay Norman list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lovett Mildred list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Patterson Mildred see Lovett Mildred list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lucas Noelene list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Luke George list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lumb Frank list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lyle Max list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Lynch Guy Frank list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
McAusland Gordon list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
McCalmont Bruce list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
McEwan Coplans Andrew Robert list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Coplans Andrew Robert McEwan list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
McGrath Eileen list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
McGrath Marilyn list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
MacIntosh William P list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
McKay Ian list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Mackennal John Simson list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Mackennal Bertram list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
McKinnon Michael list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
McWilliams Peter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Madigan Rosemary list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Manberg Karl list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Manwaringv Ross list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Marek Voitre list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Mason Joseph Benjamin list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Mauriks Adrian list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Mayo Daphne list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Mayson Andrew list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Meadmore Clement list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Meszaros Andor list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Meszaros Michael list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Miller Charles list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Millowick Anthony John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Mimovich Leopoldine list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Montford Paul list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Mortensen Kevin list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Murch Arthur list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Murray-White Clive list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Newman Nicole list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Nicholson Michael list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
O’Connor Ailsa Margaret list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ogilvie William Robert list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ohlfsen Dora list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Oliver Charles list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ostoja Kotkowski Stanislav list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Owen Robert list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Pachuka Ewa list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Paramor Wendy list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Parker Harold list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Parker Reg list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Parr Lenton list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Parks Ti list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Parr Robert list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Parry Ian list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Pedvin Albert A list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Penny John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Perceval John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Phillips Peter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Pirruccio Vincent list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Pocius Ieva list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Prest Trefor list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Prest Margaret Kennedy list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Pryor Anthony list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Raft Emanuel list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ragus Aurel John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Redpath Norma list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Reinhard Ken list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Rhodes Kevin list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Richardson Charles Douglas list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Richmond Oliffe list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ricketts William list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Robertson-Swann Ron list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Robinson John Edward list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Rodrigues Antonio list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Rosman Peter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Rowe Jim list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Rowe Ron list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Rumba Raimonds list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Scarlett Ken, author, and list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Scurry James list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Seffrin Nickolaus Johannes list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Selwood Paul list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Sharples Geoff list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Shillam Leonard list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Shillam Kathleen list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Simonetti Achille list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Sinclair Margaret E list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Skipper Matcham list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Smith Bernhard list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Smith Henry list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Snape Michael F list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Solling Wendy list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Steen Otto Lundbye list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Stein Gunter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Stelarc previously Stelios Arcadiou list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Arcadiou Stelios (Stelarc) list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Stephen Clive list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Stevens George W list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Stein Gunter see Stevens George W list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Stewart Donald list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Stuart Guy list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Summers Charles Snr list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Symonds Carole list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Taylor Howard list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Taylor Peter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Tedesco Melo list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Thomas Margaret list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Tillers Imants list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Todd Milan list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Todt Emil list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Tolley David list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Tranthim-Fryer John Robertson list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Tribe Rhoda Barbara list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Tyndall Peter list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Unsworth Ken list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Upton Ronald list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Vassilieff Danila list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Vojsk Milan list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Walker Stephen list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Walker Theresa Susannah Eunice Snell nee Chauncey list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Chauncey Theresa later Walker Theresa Susannah Eunice Snell list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Walters Donald list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Ware Laurence Athur list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Weitzel Frank list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Wentcher Tina nee Haim list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Haim Tina later Tina Wentcher list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
White James list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Whitehead Rhonda list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Whiteley Brett list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Whiting Lorraine nee Fraser list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Fraser Lorraine later Whiting list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Wilkinson Jeffrey list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Wilson David list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Woolard Ray list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Woolner Thomas list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Worth John list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Wright John Christie list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Young Jenni Mary list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Young Michael list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Zikaras Teisutis list of the sculptor’s exhibitions view full entry
Reference: see Australian Sculptors Exhibition Lists, by Ken Scarlett. Occasional Papers No. 3 December 1979. Lists the exhibitions of over 300 Australian sculptors. This publication should be seen as a companion to Australian Sculptors, published by Thomas Nelson Australia, in 1980.
Publishing details: Melbourne State College, ., 1979
Publisher: Melbourne State College, 1979. First Edition; Lge. 8vo; pp. (xii), 233; 1 b/w full page illustration; original spiral bound illustrated wrapper,
Trimmer Mary Ann nee Spencer watercolour illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Spencer Mary Ann later Trimmer watercolour illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Browne Thomas Henry Johnston ‘Satan’ illustrations/info refsview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Creeth Helen watercolour illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Hamilton E H designer illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Gibbs Herbert illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Prinsep Henry illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Stanway-Tapp Percy illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Watts George Stedman watercolour illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Witternoom Charles illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Clifton Louisa illustration/info bioview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Nash George illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Owtram Elizabeth A watercolour illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Turner Thomas illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Brockman William Locke 1802-72 illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Withnell John illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Syred William illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Knapton William illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Hamblin Joseph illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Tchan William illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Warburton Egerton illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Bunbury Margaret Richardson illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Courthope Annie Harriet illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Habgood Thomas illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Glaskin Frederic jeweller illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Henderson Edmund Yeamans Walcott illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Wroth Joseph Ablett woodworker illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Chan Hookum woodworker illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Duffield Edwin Foss woodworker illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Mason Frederick jeweller illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Jackson Alfred jeweller illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Welby John jeweller illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Fouchard Anthony jeweller illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Hooper William C jeweller illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Ashton Julian watercolour illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Nesbit Vincent Edward goldsmith illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Passmore Henry woolwork frames illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Habgood Blanche illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Godden Walter watercolour 1897 illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Bonney W H watercolour 1897 illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Edmunds D T architect illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Escourt H H stained window illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Splatt Wall & Co illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Linton James R W extensive information and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Donovan & Overland jewellers illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Pearl Joseph jeweller illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Ferry Jonathan jeweller illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
May C H jeweller illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Courtland Charles Richard illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Howitt William furniture illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Strickland Henrietta carver illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Creeth May illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Locke brothers furniture illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Robertson & Moffat furniture illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Layman Claire carver illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Casallas John illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Madeley Edward illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Dawson Nelson and Edith illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Absolon John watercolour c1880 illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Williams Frederick Matthew artist illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Horgan John metalwork illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Vanzetti Francesco illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Vanzetti Lisetta illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
O’Connor Kathleen illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Benham Loui illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Armstrong Kitty illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
le Cornu Flora illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Furphy Mattie illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Furphy Mattie illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Drake-Brockman Henrietta illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Rossi Daisy illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Rischbieth Bessie illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Clifton Kate illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Holmes Marion illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Binny Catherine illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Landells Flora essay and illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Hackett Deborah ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Walker May ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
MacLeod John sculpture illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Mummery S B furniture illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Francis Pansy furniture illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Heap Amy essay and illustrations eg p214ffview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Wright & Fendick spinning wheelview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Holdsworth Gordon silverware illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Southern Muriel sketch 1933 illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Landells Reg essay illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Webb Archibald Bertram essay illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
McPherson Rae fashion illustrations illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Oldham John illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Lang Jean illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Linton Jamie eldest son of J W R Linton essay illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Francis Iris illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Jarvis Kath illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Saunders Bessie illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
PriestnerWilfred metalsmith illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Waller Napier M reference view full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Maclaren Ilsa porcelain illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Gordon Ethel ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Munt Olwyn Bobbie ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Robison Joan ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Stevenson Connie ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Lightfoot Nellie ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Craigie May ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Darton Edie ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Cotton Emma ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Shaw Marina ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Harvey Amy ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Erickson Frederica Lucy Rica illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Richardson Maud illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Ridley Marjorie illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Forbes-Smith Ira designer illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Nicholls Grace illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Lapsley Lottie illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Brough William illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Walker Helen china painting illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Bassett Arthur Wakefield china painting illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Neevay Ruby pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Tribe John pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Wembley Ware pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Kohlerware pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Kohler Eileen pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Kohler Edward pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Narrogin pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Barker John Narrogin pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Darbyshire pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Darbyshire Bill pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Darbyshire Jean pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Haldane Frank pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Guigliarelli Bruno pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Dawson Stewart silverware illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Levinson & Son jewellery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Caris Bros jewellery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Taylor J C jewellery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Robinson Joan porcelain illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Juniper Robert illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Grey-Smith Guy art and pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Grey-Smith Helen designer essay illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Rolland Norma designer essay illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Miller Marie designer essay illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
McSwain Heather potter sculptor essay illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Skinner Gallery essay illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Taylor David Foulkes designer illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Elischer Julius designer illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Catt Roy illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Pietrocola Joseph illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Gill Francis illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Lucas George jeweller essay illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Curry Kitch illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Bernsteins Maiguta jeweller illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Crisp Jennifer jeweller illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Cook Audrey jeweller illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Ewers Jean vase illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Love Michiko pottery illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Halliday Judy pottery illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Kotai Francis pottery illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
McDivans Teddye ceramics illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Sheen Meg ceramics illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Keys Eileen essay ceramics illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Phillips Maria ceramics illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Aisbett Norman poster illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Baxter Cedric cartoon illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Mazzotti Dan bas-relief illustration/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
Fawcett John essay ceramics illustrations/infoview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
McArthur John and Helen essay furniture illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
McArthur Helen essay furniture illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
McArthur Robin essay furniture illustrationsview full entry
Reference: see Inspired by Light and Land. Designers and Makers in Western Australia 1829-1969 by Dorothy Erickson. With 7 essays, chronology, bibliography and index. Includes numerous short biographical essays and other biographical information within text. on [’Western Australia has a rich visual culture based on physical, social and artistic environments that is subtly different from the rest of Australia. Inspired by Light and Land  details the portable heritage of the State, providing a context for understanding the objects designed and made. Tracing the arts from the first years when the practice and appreciation of the fine arts, architecture and the crafts was fragmented and disjointed – Inspired  outlines the practice of historical designers and makers who drew their inspiration from their western land.’]
Publishing details: Western Australian Museum Publications, Perth, November, 2014
photographyview full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Melbourne Intercolonial Exhibition 1866-7 essayview full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Philadelphia Centennial Exposition 1876 essayview full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Melbourne Centennial International Exhibition 1888-9 essayview full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
war photographs essayview full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Photovision Documentary Exhibitions 1959-65 essayview full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
photographic galleries in Australiaview full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Stacey Wesley The Road 1975 essay illustrations 99-104view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Yang William Sydneyphiles 1977 essay illustrations 105-8 169-70view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Ellis T & Co 1866 illustration 2view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Marquis Daniel photograph c1872 illustration 6view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Centennial Photographic Company illustrations 8 10 15view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Daintree Richard illustration 9view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Turner Joseph 1872 photograph illustration 12view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Holtermann Bernard Otto photographs 1875 illustrations 13 14 16 110 115 183view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Lindt J W photograph 1884-94 illustrations 17view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
McAllister T H photograph 1889 illustration 18view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Harvey John Henry photograph c1890 illustration 20view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Williams P H photograph illustration 23view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Cazneaux Harold one man show 1909 illustration 24 117view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Joyner F A reference illustration 28view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Stump S W reference illustration 28view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Strizic Mark photograph illustrations 29 and 54 55 70 72-4 86 205 208view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Hurley Frank photograph illustrations 30 - 32 34-5view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Nicholls Horace photograph illustration 33view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Hollick Ruth photograph illustration 37view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Coates Robert E photograph illustration 39view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Cranstone Edward photograph illustration 42view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Collings Dahl and Geoffrey references - illustration 44-6view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Sievers Wolfgang references - illustrations 48-53 64-5 204view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Newton Helmut references - illustrations 48-53view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Miller Wayne photograph illustrations 56 58view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Six Australian Photographers Exhibition David Jones Gallery 1955 illustration 60view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Moore David photograph illustrations 62view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Restarick Cliff photograph illustrations 63view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Goodman Robert photograph illustrations 69view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Beal David photograph illustrations 71view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Nixon John photograph illustrations 75view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Rooney Robert photograph illustrations 76 77view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Klose Simon photograph illustrations 76view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Hickey Dale photograph illustrations 78view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Ellis Rennie photograph illustrations 79-80view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Jerrems Carol photograph illustrations 81 82 85view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
McNicol Roderick photograph illustrations 81view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Besanko Robert photograph illustrations83view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Bradley Louise photograph illustration 83view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Hawkes Ponch photograph illustration 84view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Stacey Wes photograph illustration 89view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Howe Graham photograph illustration 92view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Howe Graham photograph illustration 92view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
McLean Arthur photograph illustration 92view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Ford Sue photograph illustration 94 99view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Donald Margo photograph illustration 96view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Allen Micky photograph illustration 97 98 212view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Bayliss Charles photograph illustration 115 183view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Carter Jenni photograph illustration 119view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Tylor James photographs illustrations 122 193view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
King-Smith Leah photograph illustration 122view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Coventry Virginia photograph illustration 123 126view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Edwards Sandy photograph illustration 126view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Rhodes Jon photograph illustration 128view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
del Favero Dennis photograph illustration 129view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Henson Bill photograph illustration 132 154 156 157view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Young John photograph illustration 134view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Crocker Peter photograph illustration 134view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Stephenson Neil photograph illustration 134view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Rrap Julie photograph illustration 135view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Davies Huw photograph illustration 138view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Bishop Mervyn photograph illustration 147view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Moffatt Tracey photograph illustration 146-7 153view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Deacon Destiny photograph illustrations 149-150 200view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Zahalka Anne photograph illustration 155 213view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Brassington Pat photograph illustration 158 159 211view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Laing Rosemary photograph illustration 160 162 199 215view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Dang Dacchi photograph illustration 161view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Hicks Petrina photograph illustration 163view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Khamara Justine photograph illustration 164view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Piccinini Patricia photograph illustration 165 216view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Sylvester Darren photograph illustration 166view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Dupont Stephen photograph illustration 171view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Sark David photograph illustration 171view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Parke Trent photograph illustration 172 173view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Maynard Ricky photograph illustration 174 175view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Afshar Hoda photograph illustration 177 218view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Koenning Katrin photograph illustration 177 179-80view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Gibson Ross photograph illustration 178 181-2view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Richards Kate photograph illustration 178 181-2view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Ferran Anne photograph illustration 185view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Pound Patrick photograph illustrations 186 188view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Gill Simryn photograph illustration 187view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Andrew Brook photograph illustrations 191view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Nankin Harry photograph illustrations 192view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Varga Justine photograph illustrations 194view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Chappell Danica photograph illustrations 195view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Ostoja-Kotkowski Joseph Stanislaus photograph illustrations 205view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
de Gruchy Ian photograph illustrations 207view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Wodiczko Krzysztof photograph illustrations 207view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Kozic Maria photograph illustrations 214view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Albert Tony photograph illustration 217view full entry
Reference: see Installation View - Photography Exhibitions in Australia (1848-2020), by Daniel Palmer, Martyn Jolly. "Installation View offers a significant new account of photography in Australia, told through its most important exhibitions and modes of collection and display. From colonial records to contemporary art, the book presents a chronology of rarely seen installation views from both well-known and forgotten exhibitions, along with a series of essays that tell the story of the individuals and institutions that have proved intrinsic to the public circulation of photographs. At once specific and widely contextual in its scope, this longterm research project from two of Australia’s leading academics and educators in the field enriches our understanding of the diversity of Australian photography by looking at what lies beyond the frame. Installation View speaks not only to pictures, but to the people and the places that nurture them." (publisher's blurb)
Publishing details: Perimeter Editions, 2021, 424, 16-page appendix with list of plates inserted, hc, illustrations, some colour. No index.
Bark Paintings, Carved Figures, Sacred and Secular Objectsview full entry
Reference: Bark Paintings, Carved Figures, Sacred and Secular Objects.
An Exhibition arranged by the State Art Galleries of Australia, 1960-1961.
Publishing details: Edwards & Shaw, Sydney, c. 1960.
Large 8vo, 36pp. Black & white illustrations. pb.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see Bark Paintings, Carved Figures, Sacred and Secular Objects.
An Exhibition arranged by the State Art Galleries of Australia, 1960-1961.
Publishing details: Edwards & Shaw, Sydney, c. 1960.
Large 8vo, 36pp. Black & white illustrations. pb.
Indigenous artview full entry
Reference: Indigenous art. Exhibition catalogue. By Belinda L. Croft.

Publishing details: Art Gallery of Western Australia. Art Gallery of Western Australia, 2001.
4to, 112pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Ref: 1000
AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BARK PAINTINGSview full entry
Reference: AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BARK PAINTINGS AND THEIR MYTHOLOGICAL INTERPRETATION. By Helen M. Groger-Wurm
Black & white illustrations.
Australian Aboriginal Studies No. 30, Social Anthropology Series No. 5.
Publishing details: Volume 1, East Arnhem Land. Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies, Canberra, 1973.
4to, 139pp.
Ref: 1000
ABORIGINAL BARK PAINTINGSview full entry
Reference: AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BARK PAINTINGS AND THEIR MYTHOLOGICAL INTERPRETATION. By Helen M. Groger-Wurm
Black & white illustrations.
Australian Aboriginal Studies No. 30, Social Anthropology Series No. 5.
Publishing details: Volume 1, East Arnhem Land. Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies, Canberra, 1973.
4to, 139pp.
ABORIGINAL ARTview full entry
Reference: AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BARK PAINTINGS AND THEIR MYTHOLOGICAL INTERPRETATION. By Helen M. Groger-Wurm
Black & white illustrations.
Australian Aboriginal Studies No. 30, Social Anthropology Series No. 5.
Publishing details: Volume 1, East Arnhem Land. Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies, Canberra, 1973.
4to, 139pp.
Indigenous art of the Dreamtimeview full entry
Reference: Indigenous art of the Dreamtime. \Maryanne Hollow (compiler).
Catalogue of exhibition held 2 Aug. – 2 Sept. 1999 at the United Nations, New York, New York, USA. Includes works by Emily KngwarreyeLorna Fencer Naparrula, Ada Bird Petyarre, Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri et al.
Publishing details: Aboriginal Art Galleries of Australia, Melbourne, 1999.
4to, 52pp. Colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: Indigenous art of the Dreamtime. \Maryanne Hollow (compiler).
Catalogue of exhibition held 2 Aug. – 2 Sept. 1999 at the United Nations, New York, New York, USA. Includes works by Emily KngwarreyeLorna Fencer Naparrula, Ada Bird Petyarre, Clifford Possum Tjapaltjarri et al.
Publishing details: Aboriginal Art Galleries of Australia, Melbourne, 1999.
4to, 52pp. Colour illustrations.
Aboriginal Art - Creativity and Assimilationview full entry
Reference: Aboriginal Art - Creativity and Assimilation. By Donna Leslie

[’Dr Donna Leslie explores Indigenous art in relation to the effects of the policy of assimilation, which was in place in Australia from the 1930s to the 1970s. This book provides a valuable contribution from an Aboriginal perspective and provides an insight into the Aboriginal experience.

This is an exquisite volume with beautiful and crisp reproductions. It is a must-have for anyone interested in Indigenous art and Indigenous experiences in Australia.’]
Publishing details: Macmillan Art Publishing (December 31, 2008), 319 pages hardback colour illustrations,
ABORIGINAL ARTEFACTSview full entry
Reference: McCOURT, Tom.
ABORIGINAL ARTEFACTS.

Publishing details: Rigby, Adelaide. 1975.
Small 4to, 154pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
Ref: 1000
ABORIGINAL ARTview full entry
Reference: see McCOURT, Tom.
ABORIGINAL ARTEFACTS.

Publishing details: Rigby, Adelaide. 1975.
Small 4to, 154pp. Colour and black & white illustrations.
IMPORTANT WORKS FROM NORTH EAST ARNHEM LANDview full entry
Reference: IMPORTANT WORKS FROM NORTH EAST ARNHEM LAND - Paintings and Sculpture from Yirrkala.
Including Eleven Works by the Marika Family
Publishing details: Lyttleton Gallery, 1989. Small 4to, 28pp. Black & white illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: see IMPORTANT WORKS FROM NORTH EAST ARNHEM LAND - Paintings and Sculpture from Yirrkala.
Including Eleven Works by the Marika Family
Publishing details: Lyttleton Gallery, 1989. Small 4to, 28pp. Black & white illustrations.
Marika Familyview full entry
Reference: see IMPORTANT WORKS FROM NORTH EAST ARNHEM LAND - Paintings and Sculpture from Yirrkala.
Including Eleven Works by the Marika Family
Publishing details: Lyttleton Gallery, 1989. Small 4to, 28pp. Black & white illustrations.
AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL PORTRAITSview full entry
Reference: MOUNTFORD, Charles P.
AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL PORTRAITS.

Publishing details: Melbourne University Press, 1967. 4to, 89pp. Black & white illustrations.
Ref: 1000
ABORIGINAL PORTRAITSview full entry
Reference: see MOUNTFORD, Charles P.
AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL PORTRAITS.

Publishing details: Melbourne University Press, 1967. 4to, 89pp. Black & white illustrations.
MEEYAKBAview full entry
Reference: PICKETT, Shane.
MEEYAKBA,

Publishing details: Mossenson Art Foundation, 2017
4to, 240pp. Colour illustrations.
Ref: 1000
Yalandja Owenview full entry
Reference: YALANDJA: BURRUWAL, Bob and NAWILIL, Jack.
OWEN YALANDJA. Exhibition catalogue.

Publishing details: Annandale Galleries, Sydney. 2016.
Small square 8vo, 35pp. Colour illustrations. A near staple bound paperback copy.

Ref: 1000
brief history of South Paddington Aview full entry
Reference: A brief history of South Paddington, by John Braniff. A brief history of the heritage precinct of South Paddington from its beginnings in 1845 to the present day.
Includes bibliographial references.
Publishing details: Paddington, NSW : John Braniff, 2018 
vii, 73 pages : illustrations (some colour), maps, portraits
Hardwick Johnview full entry
Reference: watercolour of South Paddington (original in SLNSW) is illustrated in A brief history of South Paddington, by John Braniff. A brief history of the heritage precinct of South Paddington from its beginnings in 1845 to the present day.
Includes bibliographial references.
Publishing details: Paddington, NSW : John Braniff, 2018 
vii, 73 pages : illustrations (some colour), maps, portraits
Roberts Georgeview full entry
Reference: watercolour of South Paddington (original in SLNSW) is illustrated in A brief history of South Paddington, by John Braniff. A brief history of the heritage precinct of South Paddington from its beginnings in 1845 to the present day.
Includes bibliographial references.
Publishing details: Paddington, NSW : John Braniff, 2018 
vii, 73 pages : illustrations (some colour), maps, portraits
Booker Rossview full entry
Reference: OUT FROM ALICE: PAINTING AND DRAWING IN CENTRAL AUSTRALIA, by
Ross Booker. Monograph of Brisbane based artist Ross Booker published on the occasion of the exhibition at Woolloongabba Art Gallery. A series of paintings largely from the central desert. Unrecorded in Trove.

Monograph of Brisbane based artist Ross Booker published on the occasion of the exhibition at Woolloongabba Art Gallery. A series of paintings largely from the central desert. Unrecorded in Trove.
Publishing details: [Brisbane]: artHIVES / blurb, 2013.
First Edition.
21cm x 25cm. 140 pages, colour illustrations. Black cloth, illustrated jacket.
Ref: 1000
AUSTRALIA: LAND OF SUNSHINEview full entry
Reference: AUSTRALIA: LAND OF SUNSHINE by
Oswald L. Ziegler.
1930s guide promoting travel to numerous tourist destinations around Australia from city streets and iconic landmarks, to regional towns and natural wonders. Cover design presumed to be by German-Australian designer Gert Sellheim. Contains numerous fold out panoramas, at its longest the page-span is nearly 2 metres.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Commercial Publications, No date.
First Edition.
25cm x 49cm. [30] pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Ref: 1000
Ziegler Oswaldview full entry
Reference: see AUSTRALIA: LAND OF SUNSHINE by
Oswald L. Ziegler.
1930s guide promoting travel to numerous tourist destinations around Australia from city streets and iconic landmarks, to regional towns and natural wonders. Cover design presumed to be by German-Australian designer Gert Sellheim. Contains numerous fold out panoramas, at its longest the page-span is nearly 2 metres.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Commercial Publications, No date.
First Edition.
25cm x 49cm. [30] pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Sellhein Gertview full entry
Reference: see AUSTRALIA: LAND OF SUNSHINE by
Oswald L. Ziegler.
1930s guide promoting travel to numerous tourist destinations around Australia from city streets and iconic landmarks, to regional towns and natural wonders. Cover design presumed to be by German-Australian designer Gert Sellheim. Contains numerous fold out panoramas, at its longest the page-span is nearly 2 metres.
Publishing details: Melbourne: Commercial Publications, No date.
First Edition.
25cm x 49cm. [30] pages, black and white illustrations. Illustrated wrappers.
Justin Miller Art,view full entry
Reference: Justin Miller Art, Remarkable Women catalogue 2021, with some biographical information.
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2021, pb 56 pp,with price list inserted
Ref: 133
Rothwell Susanview full entry
Reference: see Justin Miller Art, Remarkable Women catalogue 2021, with some biographical information.
Publishing details: Justin Miller Art, 2021, pb 56 pp,with price list inserted
Burke Francesview full entry
Reference: see article in Sydney Morning Herald 3 August 2021, p 13 ‘All hail the queen of wartime style’ by Janice Breen Burns
Publishing details: SMH, 3 August 2021.
Ref: 141
Douglas Stewart Fine Booksview full entry
Reference: Images and Ideas
Publishing details: September, 2010
Ref: 142
Douglas Stewart Fine Booksview full entry
Reference: The London List
Publishing details: June 2011
Ref: 142
Douglas Stewart Fine Booksview full entry
Reference: Australian Artists
Publishing details: June, 2009
Ref: 142
Douglas Stewart Fine Booksview full entry
Reference: Christmas List
Publishing details: 2012
Ref: 142
Douglas Stewart Fine Booksview full entry
Reference: Christmas List
Publishing details: nd [2011?]
Ref: 142
Douglas Stewart Fine Booksview full entry
Reference: Christmas List
Publishing details: 2013
Ref: 142
Douglas Stewart Fine Booksview full entry
Reference: Australian Literature
Publishing details: 2013
Ref: 142
Douglas Stewart Fine Booksview full entry
Reference: For One Happy Llama - illustrated books
Publishing details: nd [2013?]
Ref: 142
Douglas Stewart Fine Booksview full entry
Reference: November Book Fairs
Publishing details: nd [2013?]
Ref: 142
Historical Documents of the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856–1872view full entry
Reference: see Historical Documents of the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856–1872, compiled & edited by Adam Dutkiewicz, 
The Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc





Publishing details: https://www.dropbox.com/s/7hvidtgkf922gk5/HistoricalDocuments-2020-FINAL-SQ.pdf?dl=0 - --published online in 2020 by the
Royal South Australian Society of Arts, Inc.
Level 1, Institute Building
cnr North Terrace & Kintore Avenue
Adelaide SA Australia 5000.
visual history A - the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016, Volume 2view full entry
Reference: A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume two, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz ; [foreword by] Rev. Vikki Waller. Volume two includes other significant artists that were not necessarily in Volume One. There are essays on over 160 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay as well as essays on exhibitions and on other art subjects.
[’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2017], xv, 422 pages : illustrations (some colour), facsimiles (some colour), portraits (some colour)
visual history A - the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016, Volume 1view full entry
Reference: A visual history : the Royal South Australian Society of Arts, 1856-2016. Volume One, Early years, presidents, officials & honorary life members, edited and compiled by Adam Dutkiewicz. Includes essays on over 100 artists. Also includes information on artists who are not the subject of an essay and essays on art subjects. [’The South Australian Society of Arts was founded in October 1856, incorporated in 1894, and received its Royal charter in 1935 for the state’s centenary in 1936. Its aims were  the promotion of the arts, not only painting, photography, and sculpture but also of architecture, decorative design, and decorative and applied arts; and through loans, competitive exhibitions, lectures and the formation of an art library.
It presented Annual Exhibitions, initially in locations such as the Legislative Council and the Adelaide Town Hall. In 1861 the South Australian Institute, formed to house a host of affiliated cultural bodies, provided rooms for the Society in a new building on North Terrace. For some time the Society concentrated on establishing a school of art and design and founding a national gallery.  The South Australian School of Art (previously School of Design and later SA School of Arts & Crafts) began in its rooms in the Institute and after 1871 it became difficult to secure an adequate venue to house the volume of art work for its annual exhibitions. The National Gallery held its first exhibition in 1881. In 1884 the Society was recognised by Parliament and affiliated to the Public Library,  Museum and Art Gallery of South Australia by Act No. 296.
With its focus on areas other than exhibitions, the Society suffered criticism in the press but received continuing support from government. With membership dwindling, the Society was regenerated by a band of dedicated members, including the Chief Justice, Sir Samuel Way, who had from time to time served as President when Acting Governor of the colony, and the newly appointed Director of the School of Design, Harry Pelling Gill, who was a Vice-President. This core group established a cooperative council comprised of artists, architects, accountants and businessmen who set about rejuvenating the Society, and it held its first annual exhibition for some years in the top lit rooms in the Institute in 1893 (the School of Art having relocated to the Exhibition Building). It published a significant, illustrated catalogue to accompany the exhibition.
The Society had formal affiliations with the South Australian Photographic Society and the SA Institute of Architects. It hosted the annual exhibitions of the spin-off society, the Adelaide Easel Club, founded by a small band of disaffected senior artists, including the brothers William Wadham and Alfred Sinclair (Wadham), Hans Heysen, Hayley Lever, Rose Macpherson (Margaret Preston) before the Society’s renewal, in 1892. It lasted until 1901, when it was amalgamated with the senior society once again.
In 1898 the Society expanded its exhibition programme to include the Federal exhibitions, formed with funds from the bequest of Thomas Elder in order to provide the means by which pictures could be acquired from artists across the colonies to form the core of an Australian collection for the National Gallery. The Federal Exhibitions ran until 1923, at which time it was decided they had fulfilled the intended purpose.
New rooms and a permanent gallery were added in a north wing to the Institute Building, opening in 1907; the Society still occupies these rooms and presents regular exhibitions in the gallery. In the 1920s the Society began to show more and more solo exhibitions by its star artists, and helped to launch the careers of ambitious young painters and etchers; people like Hans and Nora Heysen, Gustave Barnes, Leslie Wilkie, Will Ashton, Hayley Lever and d’Auvergne Boxall, Allan Glover, Fred Millward Grey,  Joseph Goodhart, Marie Tuck, Dorrit Black, Horace Trenerry  and Max Ragless all showed solo exhibitions.
In the 1930s it promoted the Arunta watercolour painters, and was one of the first galleries in Adelaide to present work by the Papunya Tula painters in the 1970s and 80s. It gave birth to the Contemporary Arts Society in the early 1940s, through its junior, more modernist inclined members, and continued to show its annual and major exhibitions until it secured its own premises in 1964. It hosted annual exhibitions of the Adelaide Camera Club well into the 1950s, as well.
The Society was a base and means by which many refugee and migrant artists were able to build their careers in Adelaide after the Second World War. Artists like Dusan and Voitre Marek, Wladyslaw and Ludwik Dutkiewicz, Stan Ostoja-Kotkowski, Ieva Pocius, Alexander Sadlo, Stanislaus Rapotec, Lidia Groblicka and many others were Fellows of the Society and regular exhibitors in group, prize and in solo exhibitions. It has always accommodated potters, carvers, illustrators, photographers and creative and genre painters of all kinds.
It runs satellite groups, like the Sketch Club (est. 1923 by Henri van Raalte) and the Outdoor Painting Group. It maintains associations with other art societies and suburban groups, as well as formal affiliations with the Friends of the SA School of Art. It offers several prizes, including the Portrait Prize and Solar Art Prize exhibitions, as well as smaller prizes in its members exhibitions every year.
Its presidents have included architects, ceramic artists, sculptors, modellers, painters, etchers, illustrators, photographers, textile artists and art critics.
The first volume, which features the early history and officials of the Society, was released to coincide with the Society’s 160th anniversary celebrations in October 2016. It was available from the society in two editions: for $75 (deluxe paperback) or $50 (economy paperback) but is now sold out (Volume Two can still be reprinted under current permissions)’]
Publishing details: Royal South Australian Society of Arts Inc., 2016,
418 pages : chiefly colour illustrations, portraits
Goldberg Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Eurovisions : contemporary art from the Goldberg collection / edited by Judith Blackall
Publishing details: National Art School, 2017, 112 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Eurovisionsview full entry
Reference: Eurovisions : contemporary art from the Goldberg collection / edited by Judith Blackall [to be indexed]
Publishing details: National Art School, 2017, 112 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Ref: 1000
Contemporary artview full entry
Reference: see Eurovisions : contemporary art from the Goldberg collection / edited by Judith Blackall
Publishing details: National Art School, 2017, 112 pages : illustrations (some colour)
A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleursview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Bale Alice M Eview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Beckett Clarice view full entry
Reference: see Australian Journal of Art, article by M. E. McGuire,
Publishing details: Vol. 5. 1985
Beckett Clariceview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Bellette Jean Maryview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Benoit Margaretview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Benoit Maryview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Binns Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Boyd Amandaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Brennan Angelaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Bryans Linaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Bull Norma 3 exhibitsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Chancellor-Pope Hilda 3 exhibitsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Smith Cossington Grace 2 exhibitsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Chick Lorna 5 exhibitsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Craig Sybil 3 exhibitsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Crocker Evelynview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Docking Shay 3 exhibitsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Downing Desmonde 13 exhibitsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Forthun Louiseview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Fox Ethel Carrickview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Gascoigne Rosalieview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Geach Portiaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Graham Annview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Gurdon Norahview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Hamilton Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Haxton Elaineview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Hester Joyview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Holding Judyview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Ironside Adelaideview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Johnstone Ruthview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Madigan Rosemaryview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Maddock Beaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Levi Saraview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Letcher Joanview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Lee Lindyview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Kngwarreye Emily Kameview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Jones Francisview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
May Maggieview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Martin Mandyview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Manning Sonyview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
McCartney-Snape Sueview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
McEvoy Margaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
McKinnon Leahview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
McCrae Dora view full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Meeson Dora 3 exhibitsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Mein Annamiekeview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Morgan Margaretview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Muntz Adams Josephineview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
O’Connor Kathleenview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Ogilbie Helen 2 exhinitsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Outhwaite Idaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Parsons Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Perry Adelaideview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Pittard Mary Louview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Plante Ada mayview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Preston Margaretview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Proctor Theaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Rae Isoview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Rankin Susanview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Redpath Normaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Robinson Sallyview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Rowan Marian Ellisview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Saunders Louiseview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Serle Doraview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Shaw Peggy Perrinsview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Sime Dawnview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Smrynois Tinaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Southern Claraview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Staunton Madonnaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Stokes Constanceview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Sutherland Dorothyview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Traill Jessieview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Tuck Marieview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Vigano Mariaview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Waterhouse Phylview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Watson Jennyview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
Wilson Dora Lynellview full entry
Reference: see In The Shadow Of Young Girls & Flowers - A L'Ombre Des Jeunes Filles Et Des Fleurs: A Guide To Women Artists in The Benalla Art Gallery Collection, Pre 1960. Includes list of exhibits. Some biographical information in 18-page essay by Juliet Peers. [’A lot of these paintings came from the Ledger Collection’]

Publishing details: Benalla Art Gallery, Benalla 1995, 1995
Used. 27.0 x 21.0cms, 36pp, b/w & colour illsust,
women’s artview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
abstract artview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Dingle Maxview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Hughes Gavinview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Cummings Elisabethview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Burzese Grace 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Cuming Lizview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Douglas Rachelview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Dredge Margaret 6 worksview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Ferguson Vivienneview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Howard Melanieview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
King Janview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Overhue Judyview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Leveson Sandraview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Parkes Mirandaview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Randall Peggyview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Smalkowski Sueview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Walters Anabelview full entry
Reference: see Personal Journeys: 40 Years of Australian Women's Abstract Art. Works from the Max Dingle and Gavin B. Hughes Collection. Works by 14 artists with a brief comment on each work.
Publishing details: Nowra: Shoalhaven City Arts Centre, 2009. 32pp, colour. 4to - over 9¾" - 12" tall. First Edition. Stiff Wrappers. Fine. 4to
Exhibitionists The view full entry
Reference: The exhibitionists - A history of Sydney's Art Gallery of New South Wales, by Steven Miller. [Artists with illustrations or significant references in this book have been included in Scheding Index. Other artists still to be indexed?] [’In 2021, the Art Gallery of New South Wales celebrates its 150th anniversary. Since its founding as an academy of art in 1871, its evolution into one of Australia’s premier public art museums is testament to the enthusiasm and ingenuity of its staff, trustees and supporters, and to the artists whose works have drawn in the people of Sydney and beyond.

The exhibitionists is the story of the people who made the Gallery. It peels away the layers of official narratives to find the often-overlooked histories bubbling beneath the surface. These are tales of big personalities and great talents, of groundbreaking exhibitions and table-thumping conflicts, all underpinned by an unwavering commitment to bringing art to the people.

Steven Miller, the Gallery’s archivist, is uniquely placed to bring these stories to light. It’s an inside view, and an outside one too, as Miller steps back to explore the society and cultural values that produced this iconic institution and tracks how it has morphed and modernised in step with those values – and ahead of them – for the last century and a half.

The exhibitionists brings to light the history of an art museum in its 150th year – an anniversary also reached by The Metropolitan Museum, New York, last year. It is both a local Sydney story but part of a broader international one in the ways public museums develop, represent and present culture and evolve with the times.

About the Author

Steven Miller is head of the National Art Archive and Capon Research Library at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. He has published widely on art, and his most recent books are Awakening: four lives in art (Wakefield Press, 2015) with Eileen Chanin, and Dogs in Australian art (Wakefield Press, 2nd ed, 2016). His book Degenerates and perverts: the 1939 Herald exhibition of French and British contemporary art with Eileen Chanin, won the NSW Premier's Australian History Award in 2006.’]
Publishing details: AGNSW, 2021, hc, 288pp, with index.
Longstaff Willview full entry
Reference: see eBay listing 5 Nov, 2021,
BRITISH LANDSCAPE OIL PAINTING

WILLIAM LONGSTAFF ( 1879-1953) 

ARUNDEL CASTLE 


An original oil on canvas by listed Australian Impressionist  artist William Longstaff. The work depicts Arundel Castle at Arundel in Sussex. Very vibrant and painted circa 1940, a stunning vibrant oil painting.

Signed lower right.

Provenance. Sussex collection.  
     
Condition. Oil on canvas. Image size 30 inches by 22 inches. In good condition. 

Frame.  36 inches by 28 inches and in good condition.


BIOGRAPHY. 

William Frederick Longstaff (1879-1953) was a cousin of the portrait painter Sir John Longstaff. From 1900 to 1901, Will Longstaff served with the South African Light Horse in the Boer War. Following his return to Victoria, he taught art privately with Leslie Wilkie at Eltham. He enlisted with the 1st Australian Remount Unit in October 1915 and served in the Middle East, where he made pictorial records of the ANZAC Mounted Division and the Desert Column. He then served in France before being invalided to England in October 1917.
In 1918, Longstaff was trained in camouflage work in London with fellow Australian artists Frank Crozier and James F. Scott; he was subsequently appointed an official war artist working as officer in charge of camouflage for the 2nd Division AIF in France, where he saw out the end of the war. As an official war artist he depicted a variety of subjects, including landscapes, buildings, battles and allegorical scenes.

After the war, Longstaff joined a group of artists working for the Australian War Records Section at the St John's Wood studio, London, preparing material for display in the proposed Australian War Memorial. These included paintings depicting the battle of 8 August 1918 and the breaking of the Hindenburg line (25 September). Longstaff later moved to Sussex, where he lived quietly with his second wife and two children.

Longstaff's Menin Gate at midnight is one of the best-known paintings in the Australian War Memorial's art collection. In the years following the First World War, this painting's tribute to sacrifice, combined with its spiritualist overtones, struck exactly the right chord with many Australians who had lost family and friends in the war. Longstaff painted the work after he had attended the unveiling ceremony of the Menin Gate memorial at the entrance of the Belgian town of Ypres on 24 July 1927. This memorial was dedicated to the 350,000 men of the British and Allied forces who had died in the battles around Ypres. It was purchased by Lord Woolavington in 1927, who in the same year presented the painting to the Commonwealth of Australia. 

with RICHARD TAYLOR FINE ART
Tasmanian Tokens view full entry
Reference: Tasmanian Tokens - Coins & Tokens of Tasmania 1803 - 1910 by Roger V MacNeice
Publishing details: Hobart Platypus Publications 1969.
Ref: 1000
Tokens view full entry
Reference: seeTasmanian Tokens - Coins & Tokens of Tasmania 1803 - 1910 by Roger V MacNeice
Publishing details: Hobart Platypus Publications 1969.
Shaw George Bairdview full entry
Reference: see Leski auction, THE GARY & GENEVIEVE MORGAN COLLECTION - PART ONE, 07/12/2021 lot 190: GEORGE BAIRD SHAW (1751 - 1813),
Platypus Anatinus,
Watercolour on paper,
inscribed with title and 'The Duck-billed Platypus",
11 x 13cm.
 
Provenance: Christies, Works on Paper, Melbourne, 12/11/1990, Lot No. 361.
Shaw provided an almost identical sketch for the title page of his "General Zoology of Systematic Natural History...Vol.1, Part 1. Mammalia" published in London in 1800.
 
 
 
 
Shaw's life as a professional naturalist coincided with the early years of the colonization of eastern Australia. The colonists were very interested in the novel fauna which they encountered, and specimens of the strange creatures were sent to Sir Joseph Banks and other savants in England. Many of the novelties came into the hands of Shaw and he published the first descriptions with scientific names of several of the common and best known Australian animals, including the platypus, echidna, wombat, budgerigar and black snake. He provided the well-known generic name (Macropus) for the common grey kangaroo. Shaw could not conceal his scepticism when describing so extraordinary a creature as the platypus, and was not entirely convinced that the specimen was not a fake. It was the only one known at the time and is still preserved in the British Museum (Natural History).
 
Schramm attrib woodworkerview full entry
Reference: see Leski auction, THE GARY & GENEVIEVE MORGAN COLLECTION - PART ONE, 07/12/2021, lot 163: SCHRAMM (ATTRIBUTED), SUPERB FIDDLEBACK BLACKWOOD ANTIQUE PICTURE FRAME WITH KOOKABURRA PRINT, MELBOURNE, VICTORIAN ORIGIN, LATE 19TH CENTURY. AUGUST SCHRAMM OPERATED FROM 38 KERR STREET FITZROY FROM 1891-1904, AND THEN MOVED TO 60 WESTGARTH STREET FITZROY UNTIL 1924. HIS WORK USING AUSTRALIAN NATIVE TIMBERS WAS UNSURPASSED IN HIS DAY, MAKING SPECTACULAR SPECIMEN WOOD BOXES AND SUPERB PICTURE FRAMES USING THE FINEST CUTS OF TIMBER. 58 X 53CM
SCHRAMM (attributed), superb fiddleback blackwood antique picture frame with kookaburra print, Melbourne, Victorian origin, late 19th century. August Schramm operated from 38 Kerr Street Fitzroy from 1891-1904, and then moved to 60 Westgarth Street Fitzroy until 1924. His work using Australian native timbers was unsurpassed in his day, making spectacular specimen wood boxes and superb picture frames using the finest cuts of timber.
58 x 53cm


Blogg John Kendrickview full entry
Reference: see Leski auction, THE GARY & GENEVIEVE MORGAN COLLECTION - PART ONE, 07/12/2021, lot
169: JOHN KENDRICK BLOGG stunning Australiana panel depicting a naturalistic eucalyptus branch, superbly carved in high relief,
signed and dated "John K. Blogg, 1924".
Museum quality. A Tour de Force of Australian craftsmanship. One of the finest examples in private hands.
48 x 121cm.
 
 
Provenance: Australiana Auction, Leonard Joel, 17th October, 1988, Lot 100.
 
 
John Kendrick Blogg, now primarily known as a talented wood carver, was also a poet, hymn writer and industrial chemist and perfume manufacturer. He was born in Toronto, Canada in 1851 and studied chemistry at Toronto University before becoming a junior partner in his uncle's firm of dispensing chemists. He left Canada and arrived in Melbourne in 1877 and in 1884 established a business as manufacturing chemists based in Melbourne. As a wood carver, he carved a wooden casket for King Albert of Belgium in 1915. A sculptured panel he had carved was presented to the Prince of Wales when he visited Melbourne in 1920.
 
 
According to family tradition, Blogg had taken up woodcarving as a hobby following the death of his first wife Annie in 1893. His immersion in the craft has also been attributed to an increasing deafness, although it is known that he had always decorated cabinet work and made items of furniture. The works were carved from solid pieces of wood using only hand tools, without joins or superimposition of timbers. In later years Blogg moved away from the decorated panels featured in his early work, to representations of native gums and wattles which were notable for their lightness of effect.
Some of his finest work can be seen at the St Stephen's Presbyterian Church in Surrey Hills Melbourne, and the Surrey Hills war memorial in Surrey Gardens. Both well worth a visit.


Lewin John William Wompoo Pigeonview full entry
Reference: see Leski auction, THE GARY & GENEVIEVE MORGAN COLLECTION - PART ONE, 07/12/2021, lot 192: JOHN WILLIAM LEWIN (1770 - 1819),
Ptilinopus Magnificus (Wompoo Pigeon),
watercolour, circa 1812, signed lower right,
37 x 28 cm (visible).
Provenance: Sotheby's, Fine Australian Paintings and Books, Sydney, 29/11/1993, Lot No. 153.
John William Lewin, naturalist and artist, was a son of William Lewin, a fellow of the Linnean Society and author of The Birds of Great Britain (London, 1789-94). His sons, John William and Thomas worked with him at Darenth in Kent and at Hoxton, London, during the preparation of this work; plates occur with their signatures and in his preface their father acknowledges their help in the compilation of the natural history observations.
About 1797 J. W. Lewin was anxious to visit New South Wales. He did not lack patrons. His first book, Prodromus Entomology, Natural History of Lepidopterous Insects of New South Wales (London, 1805) was dedicated to Lady Arden 'in grateful remembrance of that goodness which gave the Author an opportunity of employing his talents, as it were in a new world'. On 6 February 1798 the Duke of Portland informed Governor John Hunter that Lewin would sail in the Buffalo and that he should be allowed rations during his residence in the settlement. The entomologist, Dru Drury, who assisted many collectors, supplied him with an entomologist's outfit in payment for which Lewin engaged to send insects from New South Wales. Later Thomas Marsham, author of Entomologia Britannica (London, 1802) and Alexander McLeay united with Drury in sending money to Lewin in the colony.
By some mischance Lewin missed the Buffalo, although his wife was already on board. She was befriended by the captain and his wife, and after reaching the colony by Rev. Richard Johnson and his wife. Lewin arrived in the Minerva on 11 January 1800 and was immediately involved in a lawsuit in defence of his wife against an accusation of misconduct with the second mate of the Buffalo. She was cleared, but in September Lewin excused himself to Drury for not repaying his debt by delays caused by this 'unfortunate Business' and by his having been 'taken with the flux' during the winter.
In 1804 Governor King granted Lewin a 100-acre (40 ha) farm near Parramatta but it seems unlikely that he had the time or means to develop it. He was busy making expeditions to the Nattai River and the Cow pastures and engraving the plates for his two books on insects and birds. Conscious of his own lack of training in grammar and spelling, he tried to enlist the help of a well educated young man, John Grant, who became his close friend in 1804, though it is not known if the requested help was given. Grant's verses praising Lewin, entitled 'Panegyric on an Eminent Artist', occur in a few copies of Lewin's Birds of New Holland with their Natural History. He became a member of the Parramatta Loyal Association, in which he rose to the rank of sergeant. He was among the settlers who supported Governor William Bligh and was one of the signatories to a petition to Paterson in May 1808, expressing alarm at the governor's deposition.
Lewin had hoped that the proceeds from the sale of his two books would enable him to return to England. Although this hope was not realized they greatly enhanced his fame and Drury secured his election as an associate of the Linnean Society in 1801. The books' plates are faithful and delicate representations of insects and birds which were then little known. Prodromus Entomology, published in 1805, appeared in a second edition in 1822 and the Birds, first printed in 1808, had two further editions in 1822 and 1838 as well as the variant published in Sydney in 1813. The texts of the London editions were edited by his brother Thomas with the help of eminent scientists. The collaboration of scientists and the issue of several editions, some reprinted, for watermarks later than imprints occur on plates, show the interest which these works aroused. All are rare today, especially the 1808 Birds. Only six copies of it are known, those of George III and five English subscribers. The consignment for Australia appears to have been lost and hence the curious Sydney 'edition' of 1813, with text by J. W. Lewin, perhaps using some descriptions by John Grant, and with plates made up of pulls from the engravings before the copper plates were sent to England, as well as one or two plates not in the London editions. The plates of the Insects and some of those in the Birds are the earliest copper plates known to have been engraved in New South Wales.
There is a collection of Lewin's paintings in the Mitchell Library, Sydney, and a number of natural history water-colour drawings in the Rex Nan Kivell Collection in the National Library of Australia. His contemporaries esteemed him for his paintings of natural history subjects and of Aboriginals. Unfortunately few of the latter seem to have survived. 
[Adapted from the Australian Dictionary of Biography.]
Wilson Doraview full entry
Reference: see Leski auction, THE GARY & GENEVIEVE MORGAN COLLECTION - PART ONE, 07/12/2021,
lot 204:
DORA LYNELL WILSON (1883-1946),
Portrait of Winifred Murphy,
pastel on paper,
signed lower right,
49 x 32.5cm (ovall).
PROVENACE: Christie's Auction, Sydney, 12th April, 1987, lot 298
 
 
Lauraine Diggins Gallery label verso.
Provenance: Christies, Australian Paintings, Prints & Books, Melbourne, 12/04/1987, Lot No. 298.
 
 
Wilson studied at the National Gallery schools in 1901-06 under Bernard Hall and Frederick McCubbin. She was impressed by the Anders Zorn etchings in the gallery collection and, together with Jessie Traill and Janie Wilkinson Whyte, took lessons from John Mather. Like her colleague, Janet Cumbrae Stewart, with whom she was compared, Wilson excelled in pastels. From 1910 her studio, 'a picturesque and ancient rookery' at Temple Court, Collins Street West, was the meeting place of the 'Waddy', a group of ex-students who in 1913-14 exhibited as 'The Twelve Melbourne Painters'.


Brown John 1846view full entry
Reference: see Leski auction, THE GARY & GENEVIEVE MORGAN COLLECTION - PART ONE, 07/12/2021,
lot 217: JOHN BROWN (active 1840s-80s),
Portrait of a young woman,
pencil and wash,
signed and dated "1846",
34 x 28cm.
PROVENANCE: Christie's Auction, Sydney, 12th April 1987, lot 357.


Senbergs Rhondaview full entry
Reference: see The Conversation, article by Lisa French, on Linda McCarthy, November 8, 2021: ‘Photographs by the Australian artist Rhonda Senbergs line the laneway to the McCartney show, highlighting the synergy between the women. Senbergs photographed the Australian artworld, her family, Prime Ministers and ordinary people with a similar approach and style to McCarthy. They were both self-taught, and, tragically, they both died of breast cancer in 1998 at 57 years old.
Both photographers share an approach characterised by humour and playfulness bordering on theatricality. This is an example of the important work of a curator, how one show illuminates another, and vice versa.’ Exhibition at Ballarat Art Gallery.
International Exhibition Sydney 1879view full entry
Reference: see Colonial City Global City, Sydney’s Internation Exhibition 1879, by Peter Proudfoot, Roslyn McGuire, Robert Freestone (Eds)
Publishing details: Darlinghurst. Crossing Press. 2000. Roy.8vo. pb., Col.Ill.wrapps. 283pp. Many b/w ills.
Sydney International Exhibition 1879view full entry
Reference: see Colonial City Global City, Sydney’s Internation Exhibition 1879, by Peter Proudfoot, Roslyn McGuire, Robert Freestone (Eds)
Publishing details: Darlinghurst. Crossing Press. 2000. Roy.8vo. pb., Col.Ill.wrapps. 283pp. Many b/w ills.
D’Arcy Frederick Robert view full entry
Reference: Frederick Robert D’Arcy - Colonial surveyor, explorer and artist c.1809-1875, by Andy Macqueen,
Publishing details: Wentworth Falls. The Author. 2010. Or.Col.ill.bds. 265pp. + index. Col.plates & b/w ills.
Ref: 1009
Aboriginal artview full entry
Reference: Australian Aboriginal Paintings by Jennifer Isaacs ['A selection of traditional Aboriginal paintings which spans decades, and which displays distinctive styles of two regions of Australia: the western desert and Arnhem Land. Includes brief notes interpreted from information provided by the artists.'] [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Weldon Publishing, NSW, 1989. Hard cover, dust wrapper, quarto, 189pp
Contactview full entry
Reference: LAKIN, Shaun. CONTACT. Photographs from the Australian War Memorial Collection.
Publishing details: Canberra. AWM. 2006. 4to. Ill.wrapps. 283pp. Profusely illustrated in colour and black & white.
Ref: 1000
photographyview full entry
Reference: see LAKIN, Shaun. CONTACT. Photographs from the Australian War Memorial Collection.
Publishing details: Canberra. AWM. 2006. 4to. Ill.wrapps. 283pp. Profusely illustrated in colour and black & white.
Slater Peter
view full entry
Reference: MACDONALD, James David. BIRDS OF AUSTRALIA. Illustrated by Peter Slater.
Publishing details: Lond. A. H. & A. W. Reed Pty Ltd. 1978. (rep) 4to. Or.cl. Dustjacket. 552pp. (sl foxing) Col plates & b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Perry Francesview full entry
Reference: PERRY, Frances. AUSTRALIAN
SKETCHES. Edited by A. de Q. Robin. The journals & letters of Frances Perry. Illustrated?
Publishing details: Melb. Queensberry Hill Press. 1984. Or.dec.cl. d.w. 191pp. Tipped-in b/w plates. Fine. 1st ed. Edition limited to 225 numbered copies signed by the editor.
Ref: 1000
Waterhouse E G architectview full entry
Reference: ARMATI, Mary. E.G.WATERHOUSE OF ERYLDENE. 2 colour plates b/w plates & decorations by Paul Jones.
Publishing details: Syd. The Fine Arts Press. 1977. Or.buckram with gilt design on front board. 112pp.
Tipped-in frontispiece portrait, One of 550 numbered copies
Ref: 1000
Jones Paulview full entry
Reference: see ARMATI, Mary. E.G.WATERHOUSE OF ERYLDENE. 2 colour plates b/w plates & decorations by Paul Jones.
Publishing details: Syd. The Fine Arts Press. 1977. Or.buckram with gilt design on front board. 112pp.
Tipped-in frontispiece portrait, One of 550 numbered copies
architectureview full entry
Reference: see Bates Smart : 150 years of Australian architecture
Charts the development of a nation’s architecture through the work and personalities of a single architectural practice. From Joseph Reed (1853) [Reed & Barnes (1862) ; Reed Henderson & Smart (1883) ; Reed Smart & Tappin (1890) ; Smart Tappin & Peebles (1906) ; Bates Peebles & Smart (1907) ; Bates & Smart (1922) ; Bates Smart & McCutcheon (1926)] to Bates Smart today (1995-), this Melbourne based firm has realised buildings of great distinction and at every scale: from houses, hospitals, schools and universities to some of Australia’s largest public projects like the Royal Exhibition Building and the Crown Entertainment Centre.
Read More

Publishing details: Melbourne : Thames and Hudson Australia, 2004. Quarto, boards in dustjacket, pp. 311, illustrated.
Blacket Thomasview full entry
Reference: KERR, Joan. EDMUND THOMAS BLACKET (1817-1883). Our Great Victorian Architect.
Publishing details: Syd. National Trust of Australia. 1983. 4to. Or.ill.wrapps. 107pp. b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
ORNAMENTAL CAST IRON IN MELBOURNEview full entry
Reference: ROBERTSON, E. Graeme. ORNAMENTAL CAST IRON IN MELBOURNE.
Publishing details: Melb. Georgian House. 1967. Folio. Or.cl. Dustjacket. 229pp. b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
CAST IRON IN MELBOURNEview full entry
Reference: see ROBERTSON, E. Graeme. ORNAMENTAL CAST IRON IN MELBOURNE.
Publishing details: Melb. Georgian House. 1967. Folio. Or.cl. Dustjacket. 229pp. b/w ills.
AUSTRALIA'S IRON LACEview full entry
Reference: TURNER, Brian. AUSTRALIA'S IRON LACE. Line illustrations by Robyn Fookes. Profusely illustrated with photos of
buildings and details of ironwork.
Publishing details: Syd. 1985. 4to. Or.bds. d.w. 192pp. col & b/w ills. Fine. 1st ed.
Ref: 1000
cast irionview full entry
Reference: TURNER, Brian. AUSTRALIA'S IRON LACE. Line illustrations by Robyn Fookes. Profusely illustrated with photos of
buildings and details of ironwork.
Publishing details: Syd. 1985. 4to. Or.bds. d.w. 192pp. col & b/w ills. Fine. 1st ed.
Woolley Kenview full entry
Reference: AUSTRALIAN ARCHITECTS: KEN WOOLLEY.
Publishing details: Canb. 1985. 4to. wrapps. Dustjacket. 111pp. col & b/w ills.
Ref: 1000
Erickson Dorothyview full entry
Reference: see Art and Design in Western Australia: Perth Technical College 1900-2000. By Dorothy Erickson. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Perth: Central Metropolitan College of TAFE, 2000, p. 23.

Forsyth George 1843-1894view full entry
Reference: see GFL Fine Art, Spring 2021 Art Auction
23rd of November, 2021: lot 69. GEORGE FORSYTH
(1843-1894)
THE MARINA 10 TONS
Signed and dated 1893 lower left, titled lower centre, inscribed built by A. Chamberlain Fremantle W.A. lower right
Oil on canvas
34.5 x 44.5cm
Estimate: $4,000/6,000
George Forsyth was the harbourmaster at Fremantle from 1872 to 1886. Alfred Chamberlain was a shipwright that operated in Fremantle from c.1893 to 1901, he lived in South Fremantle.

This work is the only known acknowledgement of a boat built by A. Chamberlain.


Art at UNSWview full entry
Reference: see Art at UNSW - Collecting From A Universities Perspective - Selected Acquisitions 1991-1995
Publishing details: UNSW, 1995
Carrick Hillview full entry
Reference: see The French Collection at Carrick Hill
Publishing details: 1989
Oxley - John Oxley Libraryview full entry
Reference: Original Art Works from the Collection of the John Oxley Library, State Library of Queensland
Publishing details: State Library of Queensland, 1987, pb, 42pp
Ref: 17
Hodgkinson Frankview full entry
Reference: Frank Hodgkinson Exhibition Catalogue: Inquisitions. Inspired by Federico Garcia Lorca's poems, this exhibition had 6 bronzes (with painted columns) and 20 oil paintings on 'the nature of Spain'.

Publishing details: David Jones' Art Gallery, Sydney 1968,
Ref: 1000
Wild Australia: Meston's Wild Australia Show 1892-1893view full entry
Reference: Wild Australia: Meston's Wild Australia Show 1892-1893, by Aird, Michael: Mandana Mapar & Paul Memmott. [’Archibald Meston organised a travelling troupe of 27 Aboriginal people to perform in Brisbane, Sydney and Melbourne before touring the international scene of World Exhibitions. This catalogue reprints contemporary newspaper coverage along with essays on the Charles Kerry and John Lindt photographs of the troupe members.’]
Publishing details: UQ Anthropology Museum, The University of Queensland, Brisbane 2015, 2015, 32pp, b/w & duotone illusts
Ref: 1009
Kerry Charles view full entry
Reference: see Wild Australia: Meston's Wild Australia Show 1892-1893, by Aird, Michael: Mandana Mapar & Paul Memmott. [’Archibald Meston organised a travelling troupe of 27 Aboriginal people to perform in Brisbane, Sydney and Melbourne before touring the international scene of World Exhibitions. This catalogue reprints contemporary newspaper coverage along with essays on the Charles Kerry and John Lindt photographs of the troupe members.’]
Publishing details: UQ Anthropology Museum, The University of Queensland, Brisbane 2015, 2015, 32pp, b/w & duotone illusts
Lindt John view full entry
Reference: see Wild Australia: Meston's Wild Australia Show 1892-1893, by Aird, Michael: Mandana Mapar & Paul Memmott. [’Archibald Meston organised a travelling troupe of 27 Aboriginal people to perform in Brisbane, Sydney and Melbourne before touring the international scene of World Exhibitions. This catalogue reprints contemporary newspaper coverage along with essays on the Charles Kerry and John Lindt photographs of the troupe members.’]
Publishing details: UQ Anthropology Museum, The University of Queensland, Brisbane 2015, 2015, 32pp, b/w & duotone illusts
Abstract expressionism in sydneyview full entry
Reference: Abstract expressionism in Sydney, 1956-1964, by Peter Pinson. Some biographical information on artists is included in the essay. 32 works catalogued.
Publishing details: Dougherty Gallery, Sydney 1980, 24pp, b/w illusts, stapled paperback & cover. This copy signed by Elwyn Lynn
Ref: 143
Room For Abstractionview full entry
Reference: Room For Abstraction, works by 6 artists, biographical details on each artist.
Publishing details: Heide Art Gallery, Melbourne 1991, 20pp, colour illusts, stapled paperback with cover
Ref: 1000
Luskacova Marketaview full entry
Reference: Marketa Luskacova: Unknown Remembered. Photographs Of Children 1968-98, Osman, Colin (short essay) & Marketa Luskacova (photos). This exhibition opened in Sydney, Horhsam, Liverpool and the Czech Republic. Czech & English text.
Publishing details: Kovalam, Prague 1998, 36pp, 24 b/w illusts, very good paperback with French flaps Czech-born Luskacova took these photographs between 1968 & 1998.
Ref: 1000
Surrealists At Seaview full entry
Reference: Dusan & Voitre Marek: Surrealists At Sea, Elle Freak (ed). 10 contributing authors. The essays track the Marek brothers' migration from Prague to Australia; first Australian exhibitions; Dusan's time in New Guinea; Voitre's time on Kangaroo Island; Dusan's films & animations; Dusan's time at Coorong (1960-1980); Voitre's ecclesiastial art and 'a journey in self-reflexive knowledge'.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide 2021, 256pp, colour illusts, hardback with tan cloth dustwrapper (no dustwrapper as issued)
Dusan & Voitre Marek: Surrealists At Seaview full entry
Reference: see Dusan & Voitre Marek: Surrealists At Sea, Elle Freak (ed). 10 contributing authors. The essays track the Marek brothers' migration from Prague to Australia; first Australian exhibitions; Dusan's time in New Guinea; Voitre's time on Kangaroo Island; Dusan's films & animations; Dusan's time at Coorong (1960-1980); Voitre's ecclesiastial art and 'a journey in self-reflexive knowledge'.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide 2021, 256pp, colour illusts, very good+ hardback with tan cloth dustwrapper (no dustwrapper as issued)
Marek Dusan view full entry
Reference: see Dusan & Voitre Marek: Surrealists At Sea, Elle Freak (ed). 10 contributing authors. The essays track the Marek brothers' migration from Prague to Australia; first Australian exhibitions; Dusan's time in New Guinea; Voitre's time on Kangaroo Island; Dusan's films & animations; Dusan's time at Coorong (1960-1980); Voitre's ecclesiastial art and 'a journey in self-reflexive knowledge'.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide 2021, 256pp, colour illusts, very good+ hardback with tan cloth dustwrapper (no dustwrapper as issued)
Marek Voitre view full entry
Reference: see Dusan & Voitre Marek: Surrealists At Sea, Elle Freak (ed). 10 contributing authors. The essays track the Marek brothers' migration from Prague to Australia; first Australian exhibitions; Dusan's time in New Guinea; Voitre's time on Kangaroo Island; Dusan's films & animations; Dusan's time at Coorong (1960-1980); Voitre's ecclesiastial art and 'a journey in self-reflexive knowledge'.
Publishing details: Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide 2021, 256pp, colour illusts, very good+ hardback with tan cloth dustwrapper (no dustwrapper as issued)
Jacobi Ritzi & Peter view full entry
Reference: Ritzi & Peter Jacobi: Tapestries & Soft Drawings. These craftspeople developed 'traditional craftsmenship and textile art into tapestries which proudly stand beside present day paintings and sculptures'.
Publishing details: Goethe Institute & Crafts Board Of The Australia Council Sydney 1980, 16pp, 13 b/w illusts, very good stapled paperback & cover
Ref: 1000
Jacobi Peter view full entry
Reference: see Ritzi & Peter Jacobi: Tapestries & Soft Drawings. These craftspeople developed 'traditional craftsmenship and textile art into tapestries which proudly stand beside present day paintings and sculptures'.
Publishing details: Goethe Institute & Crafts Board Of The Australia Council Sydney 1980, 16pp, 13 b/w illusts, very good stapled paperback & cover
Owen Gladysview full entry
Reference: The Art of Gladys Owen Moore, OBE (1889-1960) An Exhibition In Retrospect. Catalogue for an exhibition of works by Sydney painter & lifetime supporter of the Australian Red Cross. Includes an extensive biographical essay.
Publishing details: Australian Red Cross Society Sydney 1976, 24pp, single-sided type,staplebound.
Ref: 1009
Lindsay Arthur Jview full entry
Reference: Arthur J Lindsay 1912-1990 Retrospective
Sinclair, Bath & Lauretta Zilles (short essay)
This exhibition had 84 watercolours and oils.
Publishing details: Published by Castlemaine Art Gallery & Historical Museum, 1991, 20pp, 7 b/w & 4 colour illusts, stapled paperback 7 cover
Ref: 143
Stocker Neilview full entry
Reference: Neil Stocker: 1924-1969 Australian Sculptor
Goodwin, Richard (intro): anon essay. Australian born Stoker, studied under bernard Meadows and Heny Moore before he began to evolve 'his own peculiar language that has a resonance today in waht we have come to accept as sculpture'. Although Stocker died at 43, he forged 'a new path which culminated in the work fo Cragg, Wentwroth, Jappour and Gromley'.
Publishing details: Writehead, Wellington NZ 1996, 8pp, b/w illusts, very good stapled paperback
Ref: 143
Lance Georgeview full entry
Reference: George Lance - Artist Of Premier Town: an Exhibition Of Paintings By George Lance (1833-1901), Morris, Bruce (research). This exhibition had 7 of Lance's oil paintings and 32 watercolours as well as 12 other works that were related to him.


Publishing details: Published by Warrnambool Art Gallery Warrnambool 1980, 12pp, 4 b/w illusts, stapled paperback
Ref: 143
Unstrung - the bead in contemporary artview full entry
Reference: Unstrung : the bead in contemporary art / curator Louise Tegart. Works by the following artists in this exhibition:
Kim Collmer, Anna Davern, Stephen Gallagher, Fiona Hall, Patricia Harper, David Lehmann, Dena Lester, Marion Maniold, Nell, Harriet Parsons, Louise Weaver, Louiseann Zahra.
Publishing details: Latrobe Regional Gallery, 2005.
Physical Description
1 v. (unpaged) : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
beadsview full entry
Reference: see Unstrung : the bead in contemporary art / curator Louise Tegart. Works by the following artists in this exhibition:
Kim Collmer, Anna Davern, Stephen Gallagher, Fiona Hall, Patricia Harper, David Lehmann, Dena Lester, Marion Maniold, Nell, Harriet Parsons, Louise Weaver, Louiseann Zahra.
Publishing details: Latrobe Regional Gallery, 2005.
Physical Description
1 v. (unpaged) : col. ill.
jewelleryview full entry
Reference: see Unstrung : the bead in contemporary art / curator Louise Tegart. Works by the following artists in this exhibition:
Kim Collmer, Anna Davern, Stephen Gallagher, Fiona Hall, Patricia Harper, David Lehmann, Dena Lester, Marion Maniold, Nell, Harriet Parsons, Louise Weaver, Louiseann Zahra.
Publishing details: Latrobe Regional Gallery, 2005.
Physical Description
1 v. (unpaged) : col. ill.
System of objectsview full entry
Reference: System of objects / editors, Jaime Tsai & Mikhaela Rodwell ; design: Ella Egidy ; [introduction by] Jaime Tsai
"This exhibition on object collection and display takes as its starting point Jean Baudrillard's System of Objects, a neo-Marxist analysis of late capitalist consumption in which objects constitute a classification system that establishes social order."--Introduction.
Notes "'System of Objects' 6-16 September 2017, Rayner Hoff Project Space, National Art School"--Page [45]
"Vicky Browne, Maryanne Coutts, Christine Dean, Amala Groom, Fiona Hall, Deborah Kelly, Patricia Piccinini, Kate Scardifield"--Back cover.
Publishing details: National Art School, 2017, pb, 43 pages : illustrations (chiefly colour)
Ref: 1000
Jewish Museum of Australiaview full entry
Reference: Jewish Museum of Australia
"A souvenir book of the Jewish Museum of Australia of images and text giving an illustrated account of our exhibitions, collection and activities and a history of the museum's first 25 years."--Provided by publisher.
Notes "This book is dedicated to the many hundreds of people whose passion and commitment have made this museum what it is today"--Title page.
Includes bibliographical references (page 204) and index.
Publishing details: St Kilda, VIC : Jewish Museum of Australia, 2007,
208 pages : illustrations, some colour, portraits
Ref: 1000
A little respectview full entry
Reference: A little respect: Michael Kempson, Matthew Tome 1999 Orange Regional Gallery, Orange, NSW. Exhibition Catalogue:
A little respect: collaborative prints by Michael Kempson and Matthew Tome, 1995-1999. Silverwater: One World Graphics, 1999. Toured to Tin Sheds and Orange Regional Gallery

Publishing details: Orange Regional Gallery, 1999, [14] p : coll ill ; 15 cm
Ref: 1000
Kempson Michael view full entry
Reference: see A little respect: Michael Kempson, Matthew Tome 1999 Orange Regional Gallery, Orange, NSW. Exhibition Catalogue:
A little respect: collaborative prints by Michael Kempson and Matthew Tome, 1995-1999. Silverwater: One World Graphics, 1999. Toured to Tin Sheds and Orange Regional Gallery

Publishing details: Orange Regional Gallery, 1999, [14] p : coll ill ; 15 cm
Tome Matthew view full entry
Reference: see A little respect: Michael Kempson, Matthew Tome 1999 Orange Regional Gallery, Orange, NSW. Exhibition Catalogue:
A little respect: collaborative prints by Michael Kempson and Matthew Tome, 1995-1999. Silverwater: One World Graphics, 1999. Toured to Tin Sheds and Orange Regional Gallery

Publishing details: Orange Regional Gallery, 1999, [14] p : coll ill ; 15 cm
Unearthed - Fifty Years of Australian Landscape Paintingview full entry
Reference: Unearthed - Fifty Years of Australian Landscape Painting, from the Charles Nodrum Collection : a La Trobe University Museum of Art exhibition : Bundoora Homestead Art Centre : 16 July - 29 August 2010. Inlcudes interview with Charles Nodrum by Alana O'Brien. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: La Trobe University Museum of Art, 2010, 68 p. : chiefly col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Landscape Paintingview full entry
Reference: see Unearthed - Fifty Years of Australian Landscape Painting, from the Charles Nodrum Collection : a La Trobe University Museum of Art exhibition : Bundoora Homestead Art Centre : 16 July - 29 August 2010. Inlcudes interview with Charles Nodrum by Alana O'Brien.
Publishing details: La Trobe University Museum of Art, 2010, 68 p. : chiefly col. ill.
5/5 - funf vom funftenview full entry
Reference: 5/5., funf vom funften : Richard Dunn, John Lethbridge, Mike Parr, Peter Tyndall, Ken Unsworth : 2. September bis 6. Oktober 1985 / [Katalog, Redaktion und Layout, Rene Block, redaktionelle Mitarbeit in Berlin, Inge Lindemann, Kurt Thoricht, in Sydney, Janet Parfenovics, Seva Fangos ; Ubersetzungen aus dem Englischen, Hanfried Blume, Matthias Grupe, Ingrid Rosenberg-Harbaum]
Publishing details: Berlin : Daadgalerie, c1985 
93 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 1000
Dunn Richard view full entry
Reference: see 5/5., funf vom funften : Richard Dunn, John Lethbridge, Mike Parr, Peter Tyndall, Ken Unsworth : 2. September bis 6. Oktober 1985 / [Katalog, Redaktion und Layout, Rene Block, redaktionelle Mitarbeit in Berlin, Inge Lindemann, Kurt Thoricht, in Sydney, Janet Parfenovics, Seva Fangos ; Ubersetzungen aus dem Englischen, Hanfried Blume, Matthias Grupe, Ingrid Rosenberg-Harbaum]
Publishing details: Berlin : Daadgalerie, c1985 
93 p. : ill. (some col.)
Lethbridge Johnview full entry
Reference: see 5/5., funf vom funften : Richard Dunn, John Lethbridge, Mike Parr, Peter Tyndall, Ken Unsworth : 2. September bis 6. Oktober 1985 / [Katalog, Redaktion und Layout, Rene Block, redaktionelle Mitarbeit in Berlin, Inge Lindemann, Kurt Thoricht, in Sydney, Janet Parfenovics, Seva Fangos ; Ubersetzungen aus dem Englischen, Hanfried Blume, Matthias Grupe, Ingrid Rosenberg-Harbaum]
Publishing details: Berlin : Daadgalerie, c1985 
93 p. : ill. (some col.)
Parr Mike view full entry
Reference: see 5/5., funf vom funften : Richard Dunn, John Lethbridge, Mike Parr, Peter Tyndall, Ken Unsworth : 2. September bis 6. Oktober 1985 / [Katalog, Redaktion und Layout, Rene Block, redaktionelle Mitarbeit in Berlin, Inge Lindemann, Kurt Thoricht, in Sydney, Janet Parfenovics, Seva Fangos ; Ubersetzungen aus dem Englischen, Hanfried Blume, Matthias Grupe, Ingrid Rosenberg-Harbaum]
Publishing details: Berlin : Daadgalerie, c1985 
93 p. : ill. (some col.)
Tyndall Peter view full entry
Reference: see 5/5., funf vom funften : Richard Dunn, John Lethbridge, Mike Parr, Peter Tyndall, Ken Unsworth : 2. September bis 6. Oktober 1985 / [Katalog, Redaktion und Layout, Rene Block, redaktionelle Mitarbeit in Berlin, Inge Lindemann, Kurt Thoricht, in Sydney, Janet Parfenovics, Seva Fangos ; Ubersetzungen aus dem Englischen, Hanfried Blume, Matthias Grupe, Ingrid Rosenberg-Harbaum]
Publishing details: Berlin : Daadgalerie, c1985 
93 p. : ill. (some col.)
Unsworth Ken view full entry
Reference: see 5/5., funf vom funften : Richard Dunn, John Lethbridge, Mike Parr, Peter Tyndall, Ken Unsworth : 2. September bis 6. Oktober 1985 / [Katalog, Redaktion und Layout, Rene Block, redaktionelle Mitarbeit in Berlin, Inge Lindemann, Kurt Thoricht, in Sydney, Janet Parfenovics, Seva Fangos ; Ubersetzungen aus dem Englischen, Hanfried Blume, Matthias Grupe, Ingrid Rosenberg-Harbaum]
Publishing details: Berlin : Daadgalerie, c1985 
93 p. : ill. (some col.)
Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculptureview full entry
Reference: Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculpture : a Regional Galleries Association of Queensland travelling exhibition / [curated by Alison Kubler ; edited by Kerrie Ann Roberts]
Publishing details: Regional Galleries Association of Queensland, 2002 
1 folded sheet [6] p. : ill
Ref: 1000
sculptureview full entry
Reference: Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculpture : a Regional Galleries Association of Queensland travelling exhibition / [curated by Alison Kubler ; edited by Kerrie Ann Roberts]
Publishing details: Regional Galleries Association of Queensland, 2002 
1 folded sheet [6] p. : ill
Oliver Bronwyn view full entry
Reference: Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculpture : a Regional Galleries Association of Queensland travelling exhibition / [curated by Alison Kubler ; edited by Kerrie Ann Roberts]
Publishing details: Regional Galleries Association of Queensland, 2002 
1 folded sheet [6] p. : ill
Robson Sarah view full entry
Reference: Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculpture : a Regional Galleries Association of Queensland travelling exhibition / [curated by Alison Kubler ; edited by Kerrie Ann Roberts]
Publishing details: Regional Galleries Association of Queensland, 2002 
1 folded sheet [6] p. : ill
Gazzard Marea view full entry
Reference: Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculpture : a Regional Galleries Association of Queensland travelling exhibition / [curated by Alison Kubler ; edited by Kerrie Ann Roberts]
Publishing details: Regional Galleries Association of Queensland, 2002 
1 folded sheet [6] p. : ill
Marcus Donna view full entry
Reference: Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculpture : a Regional Galleries Association of Queensland travelling exhibition / [curated by Alison Kubler ; edited by Kerrie Ann Roberts]
Publishing details: Regional Galleries Association of Queensland, 2002 
1 folded sheet [6] p. : ill
Berga Krista view full entry
Reference: Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculpture : a Regional Galleries Association of Queensland travelling exhibition / [curated by Alison Kubler ; edited by Kerrie Ann Roberts]
Publishing details: Regional Galleries Association of Queensland, 2002 
1 folded sheet [6] p. : ill
Mais Hilarieview full entry
Reference: Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculpture : a Regional Galleries Association of Queensland travelling exhibition / [curated by Alison Kubler ; edited by Kerrie Ann Roberts]
Publishing details: Regional Galleries Association of Queensland, 2002 
1 folded sheet [6] p. : ill
Kngwarreye Lucky .view full entry
Reference: Fathoming : contemporary Australian sculpture : a Regional Galleries Association of Queensland travelling exhibition / [curated by Alison Kubler ; edited by Kerrie Ann Roberts]
Publishing details: Regional Galleries Association of Queensland, 2002 
1 folded sheet [6] p. : ill
So you wanna be a rock starview full entry
Reference: So you wanna be a rock star : portraits and rock music in Australia / [Magdalene Keaney ... et al.] Catalogue of an exhibition held at the National Portrait Gallery, Canberra, 14 December 2001-17 February 2002.
Publishing details: National Portrait Gallery , 2001 
80 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 1000
portraitsview full entry
Reference: see So you wanna be a rock star : portraits and rock music in Australia / [Magdalene Keaney ... et al.] Catalogue of an exhibition held at the National Portrait Gallery, Canberra, 14 December 2001-17 February 2002.
Publishing details: National Portrait Gallery , 2001 
80 p. : ill. (some col.)
Darkness & light view full entry
Reference: Darkness & light : looking at the landscape. Includes works by Laurence Aberhart, Peter Booth, Andrew Browne, Shane Cotton, Carolyn Fels, Jennifer French, W.D. (Bill) Hammond, Louise Hearman, Bill Henson, Philip Hunter, John Lyall, Freddie Timms, Brendon Wilkinson
Publishing details: McClelland Gallery, 2000, 36 p. : ill.
Ref: 1000
Art With Textview full entry
Reference: Art With Text, Contemporary Australian Artists. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, Melbourne, 1990
Ref: 1000
Viewing an eraview full entry
Reference: Viewing an era : Monash University collection / text by J. Duncan and Z. Stanhope
Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
16 p. :
Ref: 1000
Monash University collection view full entry
Reference: see Viewing an era : Monash University collection / text by J. Duncan and Z. Stanhope
Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1996 
16 p. :
Monash Medical Centreview full entry
Reference: Monash Medical Centre Foundation Fine Art Collection
Publishing details: publication details to be entered
Ref: 1000
Monash University collection view full entry
Reference: Monash University collection / A selection of Paintings and Sculpture
Publishing details: Monash University Gallery, 1987

Ref: 1000
Thicker than Waterview full entry
Reference: Thicker than Water, exhibition of 4 artists
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Native American Art, USA (2013)
Ref: 1000
Croft Belinda Lview full entry
Reference: bio from Stills Gallery website:
Brenda L Croft – Bio
With a diverse career as an artist, researcher and independent curator, Brenda L. Croft has been creating multi-disciplinary, multi-platform work for more than three decades. She is a member of the Gurindji/Malngin/Mudpurra peoples from the Northern Territory of Australia, and of Anglo-Australian/German/Irish heritage.
Her artworks draw on personal and public archives and explore issues faced by contemporary Indigenous peoples and the ongoing impact of colonisation in Australia. Layering text and images, and drawing on historical and contemporary forms of photomedia, she aims to give “a voice to the voiceless, making the invisible visible” by uncovering untold stories that elicit the power of subjective experience.
In 2017 Croft will participate in the National Indigenous Art Triennial at the National Gallery of Australia and the collaborative exhibition Still in My Mind with Karungkarni Art and Culture Aboriginal Corporation, a nationally touring show that will commence at UNSW Galleries. In 2016 she presented the large-scale public installation Sea of Hands at Barangaroo Reserve and was featured in Resolution: Contemporary Indigenous Photomedia at the National Gallery of Australia.
Previous, major national and international exhibitions include a survey exhibition at Art Gallery of New South Wales (2013); Thicker than Water, Museum of Contemporary Native American Art, USA (2013); Making Change, National Museum of China, Australian Centre for Photography & UNSW Galleries, Sydney (2012-2013); Shadow Life, Bangkok Art and Cultural Centre, Bendigo Art Gallery (2012-2013); Evolving Identities, Curtin University of Technology (2011); Light Sensitive, National Gallery of Victoria (2006); Our Place: Indigenous Australia Now, Benaki Contemporary Art Museum, Athens & National Museum of China, Beijing (2004-2005); Australian Perspecta (1999); and a satellite exhibition at Venice Biennale (1999).
Her work is held in all prominent Australian public institutions and collections including the National Gallery of Australia, National Gallery of Victoria, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Art Gallery of South Australia, Queensland Art Gallery, Art Gallery of Western Australia, National Library of Australia and Artbank.
She has been the recipient of numerous awards and accolades, including a National Indigenous Arts Award Fellowship, the Australian Research Council Discovery Indigenous Award, an Honorary Doctorate in Visual Arts from the University of Sydney, and is currently an Adjunct Research Fellow at the University of NSW.
Publishing details: Stills Gallery website, 2021
Jones Tomview full entry
Reference: Thicker than Water, exhibition of 4 artists
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Native American Art, USA (2013)
Staats Gregview full entry
Reference: Thicker than Water, exhibition of 4 artists
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Native American Art, USA (2013)
Tsouhlarakis Annaview full entry
Reference: Thicker than Water, exhibition of 4 artists
Publishing details: Museum of Contemporary Native American Art, USA (2013)
Challenge of the Landscape Theview full entry
Reference: The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Ref: 1000
Allen Mickyview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
landscapeview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Barda Wallyview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Bramley-Moore Mostynview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Brown Mikeview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Clifford Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Gleeson Jamesview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
O’Doherty Chrisview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Parr Robertview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Peart Johnview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Rankin Davidview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Watters Maxview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Whisson Kenview full entry
Reference: see The Challenge of the Landscape. Includes short artists’ biographies.
Publishing details: New England Regional Art Museum, 1986
Four Australian artistsview full entry
Reference: Four Australian artists : Clifton Pugh, David Rankin, Rick Amor, Andrew Southall / [exhibition held] Crane Kalman Gallery, London, 21 March - 13 April, 1985
Publishing details: The Gallery, 1985 
[11] p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 1000
Pugh Clifton view full entry
Reference: see Four Australian artists : Clifton Pugh, David Rankin, Rick Amor, Andrew Southall / [exhibition held] Crane Kalman Gallery, London, 21 March - 13 April, 1985
Publishing details: The Gallery, 1985 
[11] p. : ill. (some col.)
Rankin David view full entry
Reference: see Four Australian artists : Clifton Pugh, David Rankin, Rick Amor, Andrew Southall / [exhibition held] Crane Kalman Gallery, London, 21 March - 13 April, 1985
Publishing details: The Gallery, 1985 
[11] p. : ill. (some col.)
Amor Rick view full entry
Reference: see Four Australian artists : Clifton Pugh, David Rankin, Rick Amor, Andrew Southall / [exhibition held] Crane Kalman Gallery, London, 21 March - 13 April, 1985
Publishing details: The Gallery, 1985 
[11] p. : ill. (some col.)
Southall Andrew view full entry
Reference: see Four Australian artists : Clifton Pugh, David Rankin, Rick Amor, Andrew Southall / [exhibition held] Crane Kalman Gallery, London, 21 March - 13 April, 1985
Publishing details: The Gallery, 1985 
[11] p. : ill. (some col.)
Newcastle Region Art Galleryview full entry
Reference: see Watercolours In The Newcastle Region Art Gallery
Publishing details: The Newcastle Region Art Gallery, 1987, pb
UBS Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Emerge and Review - A look into the UBS Australian Art Collection. Includes essays on artworks and Artist’s biographies. Includes 42 artists or artist groups. [’UBS has a policy of buying works by young Australian artists, including their paintings, sculptures, drawings, photographs and videos.’]
Publishing details: UBS, 2007, 166pp, pb.
Felton bequestsview full entry
Reference: The Felton bequests : an historical record, 1904-1933 / compiled by Basil Burdett. Includes index.
"List of pictures and other works purchased by the Felton bequest": p. 39-90.
Publishing details: Melbourne : Felton Bequests Committee, 1934 
99 p. : port.;
Ref: 1009
Bendigo Art Gallery selected worksview full entry
Reference: Bendigo Art Gallery : selected works / Bendigo Art Gallery ; with an introductory essay by Karen Quinlan
Publishing details: Bendigo, Vic. : Bendigo Art Gallery, 2004 
v, 57 p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1000
Closet circus :-works from the Horn Collectionview full entry
Reference: Closet circus : works from the Horn Collection / foreword by John Stringer, text by Stuart Elliott and Diana Roberts, photography by Eva Fernandez.
This book showcases contemporary Western Australian art with 172 colour reproductions, expert commentary and an interview with the collectors, Lloyd and Liz Horn. 'Closet Circus', the exhibition, took place at the Bunbury Regional Art Galleries, from 19 April to 15 June 2008.
Incomplete contents • Foreword [by] John Stringer : a regional succession.
Introduction [by] Stuart Elliott : on being involuntary arcane Interview [by] Diana Roberts : enlightened patrons or impassioned addicts? [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Fremantle Press, 2008 
223 p. : col. ill.
Ref: 1009
Horn Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Closet circus : works from the Horn Collection / foreword by John Stringer, text by Stuart Elliott and Diana Roberts, photography by Eva Fernandez.
This book showcases contemporary Western Australian art with 172 colour reproductions, expert commentary and an interview with the collectors, Lloyd and Liz Horn. 'Closet Circus', the exhibition, took place at the Bunbury Regional Art Galleries, from 19 April to 15 June 2008.
Incomplete contents • Foreword [by] John Stringer : a regional succession.
Introduction [by] Stuart Elliott : on being involuntary arcane Interview [by] Diana Roberts : enlightened patrons or impassioned addicts?
Publishing details: Fremantle Press, 2008 
223 p. : col. ill.
Bourke Ace view full entry
Reference: see Ace Bourke : a collector's journey / Ace Bourke. "Hazelhurst Regional Gallery & Arts Centre, 11 August - 23 September 2012"
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Hazelhurst Regional Gallery & Arts Centre, 2012 
Ace Bourke - a collector's journey view full entry
Reference: Ace Bourke : a collector's journey / Ace Bourke. "Hazelhurst Regional Gallery & Arts Centre, 11 August - 23 September 2012"
Includes bibliographical references.
Publishing details: Hazelhurst Regional Gallery & Arts Centre, 2012 
Ref: 147
Bond University art collection view full entry
Reference: Art collection - Bond University.
Publishing details: Bond University, [no date]. 83 pages : illustrations (some colour)
Ref: 1009
Portraits Projectview full entry
Reference: Portraits Project. ‘In celebration of Manly Art Gallery & Museum’s 90th anniversary, two special exhibitions focussed on 'portraiture' as a powerful expression of contemporary artists connected with Sydney’s Northern Beaches.
A series of twenty commissioned portraits by celebrated Australian photographer Greg Weight takes us into the private worlds of key creative contemporary practitioners living and working on the Northern Beaches.
And fifteen self-portrait paintings and drawings by acclaimed Sydney artists who have turned the mirror on themselves, in their distinctive styles, to mark their self-image at this unique point in time.’
Artists
Kenneth Chu
Katherine Edney
Julia Davis
Ben Edols
Shoufay Derz
Kathy Elliott
Blak Douglas
Kirsten Fazio
Helen Earl
Salvatore Geraldi
Mick Glasheen
Helge Larsen
Bruce Goold
Darani Lewers
Nick Hall
Kathrin Longhurst
Warren Langley
Euan Macleod
Chris Langlois
Guy Maestri
Willi Michalski
John Ogden
Susan Milne
Amanda Penrose Hart
Reg Mombassa
Evert Ploeg
Michael Muir
Sarah Robson
Kirsty Neilson
Wendy Sharpe
Greg Stonehouse
Hadyn Wilson
Sandra Svilans
Jo Yeldham
Dick Watkins
Joshua Yeldham
Guan Wei
Salvatore Zofrea
Louise Whelan
 
Publishing details: Manly Art Gallery, 2020, [catalogue online
Ref: 1000
Front of Houseview full entry
Reference: Front of House: Marcos Corrales, Ângela Ferreira, Narelle Jubelin and Andrew Renton.
‘Front of House is a collaborative project that brings together two artists (Ângela Ferreira and Narelle Jubelin), an architect (Marcos Corrales) and a curator (Andrew Renton) to create an exhibition. The project was born out of an ongoing dialogue which began in 1992 between the artists Ferreira and Jubelin and has subsequently expanded to involve the other collaborating partners.
Ângela Ferreira’s large scale, sculptural practice will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s small-scale, highly detailed works. Ferreira’s This will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s more prosaic vernacular experience of revisiting her childhood family home in Australia. Using the photographic documentation of the building process Jubelin has created a series of small scale and highly detailed petit-point renderings, called ‘sewn essays’. The exhibition constitutes an interplay involving not just the two artists, but also curator Andrew Renton and architect Marcos Corrales, both of whom have collaborated with the artists, at times, over the past decade. The exhibition was initiated by Andrew Renton. Alongside the main exhibition, the Mozambique filmmaker Manthia Diawara, will premiere a documentary film relating to Ângela Ferreira’s exhibition at the Venice Biennale 2007, and examines the journeys made by Jean Prouvé’s Maison Tropicale. Diawara’s film observes Ferreira as she revisits the sites where this modernist icon was formerly installed.
The title of the exhibition refers to the public areas in theatres and concert halls, and the exhibition seeks to bring unarticulated spaces and stories from the backstage into the foreground, within sight of the front of house.
Angela Ferreira was born in Mapatu, Mozambique in 1958 and now lives and works in Lisbon.
Norelle Jubelin was born in Sydney, in 1960 and now lives and works in Madrid
Marcos Corrales was born in Madrid in 1964 where he lives and works.
Andrew Renton was born in London in 1963 where he lives and works.’
Publishing details: Parasol unit foundation for contemporary art, 2008 (?)
Ref: 1000
Corrales Marcos view full entry
Reference: see Front of House: Marcos Corrales, Ângela Ferreira, Narelle Jubelin and Andrew Renton.
‘Front of House is a collaborative project that brings together two artists (Ângela Ferreira and Narelle Jubelin), an architect (Marcos Corrales) and a curator (Andrew Renton) to create an exhibition. The project was born out of an ongoing dialogue which began in 1992 between the artists Ferreira and Jubelin and has subsequently expanded to involve the other collaborating partners.
Ângela Ferreira’s large scale, sculptural practice will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s small-scale, highly detailed works. Ferreira’s This will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s more prosaic vernacular experience of revisiting her childhood family home in Australia. Using the photographic documentation of the building process Jubelin has created a series of small scale and highly detailed petit-point renderings, called ‘sewn essays’. The exhibition constitutes an interplay involving not just the two artists, but also curator Andrew Renton and architect Marcos Corrales, both of whom have collaborated with the artists, at times, over the past decade. The exhibition was initiated by Andrew Renton. Alongside the main exhibition, the Mozambique filmmaker Manthia Diawara, will premiere a documentary film relating to Ângela Ferreira’s exhibition at the Venice Biennale 2007, and examines the journeys made by Jean Prouvé’s Maison Tropicale. Diawara’s film observes Ferreira as she revisits the sites where this modernist icon was formerly installed.
The title of the exhibition refers to the public areas in theatres and concert halls, and the exhibition seeks to bring unarticulated spaces and stories from the backstage into the foreground, within sight of the front of house.
Angela Ferreira was born in Mapatu, Mozambique in 1958 and now lives and works in Lisbon.
Norelle Jubelin was born in Sydney, in 1960 and now lives and works in Madrid
Marcos Corrales was born in Madrid in 1964 where he lives and works.
Andrew Renton was born in London in 1963 where he lives and works.’
Publishing details: Parasol unit foundation for contemporary art, 2008 (?)
Ferreira Ângelaview full entry
Reference: see Front of House: Marcos Corrales, Ângela Ferreira, Narelle Jubelin and Andrew Renton.
‘Front of House is a collaborative project that brings together two artists (Ângela Ferreira and Narelle Jubelin), an architect (Marcos Corrales) and a curator (Andrew Renton) to create an exhibition. The project was born out of an ongoing dialogue which began in 1992 between the artists Ferreira and Jubelin and has subsequently expanded to involve the other collaborating partners.
Ângela Ferreira’s large scale, sculptural practice will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s small-scale, highly detailed works. Ferreira’s This will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s more prosaic vernacular experience of revisiting her childhood family home in Australia. Using the photographic documentation of the building process Jubelin has created a series of small scale and highly detailed petit-point renderings, called ‘sewn essays’. The exhibition constitutes an interplay involving not just the two artists, but also curator Andrew Renton and architect Marcos Corrales, both of whom have collaborated with the artists, at times, over the past decade. The exhibition was initiated by Andrew Renton. Alongside the main exhibition, the Mozambique filmmaker Manthia Diawara, will premiere a documentary film relating to Ângela Ferreira’s exhibition at the Venice Biennale 2007, and examines the journeys made by Jean Prouvé’s Maison Tropicale. Diawara’s film observes Ferreira as she revisits the sites where this modernist icon was formerly installed.
The title of the exhibition refers to the public areas in theatres and concert halls, and the exhibition seeks to bring unarticulated spaces and stories from the backstage into the foreground, within sight of the front of house.
Angela Ferreira was born in Mapatu, Mozambique in 1958 and now lives and works in Lisbon.
Norelle Jubelin was born in Sydney, in 1960 and now lives and works in Madrid
Marcos Corrales was born in Madrid in 1964 where he lives and works.
Andrew Renton was born in London in 1963 where he lives and works.’
Publishing details: Parasol unit foundation for contemporary art, 2008 (?)
Jubelin Narelle view full entry
Reference: see Front of House: Marcos Corrales, Ângela Ferreira, Narelle Jubelin and Andrew Renton.
‘Front of House is a collaborative project that brings together two artists (Ângela Ferreira and Narelle Jubelin), an architect (Marcos Corrales) and a curator (Andrew Renton) to create an exhibition. The project was born out of an ongoing dialogue which began in 1992 between the artists Ferreira and Jubelin and has subsequently expanded to involve the other collaborating partners.
Ângela Ferreira’s large scale, sculptural practice will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s small-scale, highly detailed works. Ferreira’s This will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s more prosaic vernacular experience of revisiting her childhood family home in Australia. Using the photographic documentation of the building process Jubelin has created a series of small scale and highly detailed petit-point renderings, called ‘sewn essays’. The exhibition constitutes an interplay involving not just the two artists, but also curator Andrew Renton and architect Marcos Corrales, both of whom have collaborated with the artists, at times, over the past decade. The exhibition was initiated by Andrew Renton. Alongside the main exhibition, the Mozambique filmmaker Manthia Diawara, will premiere a documentary film relating to Ângela Ferreira’s exhibition at the Venice Biennale 2007, and examines the journeys made by Jean Prouvé’s Maison Tropicale. Diawara’s film observes Ferreira as she revisits the sites where this modernist icon was formerly installed.
The title of the exhibition refers to the public areas in theatres and concert halls, and the exhibition seeks to bring unarticulated spaces and stories from the backstage into the foreground, within sight of the front of house.
Angela Ferreira was born in Mapatu, Mozambique in 1958 and now lives and works in Lisbon.
Norelle Jubelin was born in Sydney, in 1960 and now lives and works in Madrid
Marcos Corrales was born in Madrid in 1964 where he lives and works.
Andrew Renton was born in London in 1963 where he lives and works.’
Publishing details: Parasol unit foundation for contemporary art, 2008 (?)
Renton Andrew view full entry
Reference: see Front of House: Marcos Corrales, Ângela Ferreira, Narelle Jubelin and Andrew Renton.
‘Front of House is a collaborative project that brings together two artists (Ângela Ferreira and Narelle Jubelin), an architect (Marcos Corrales) and a curator (Andrew Renton) to create an exhibition. The project was born out of an ongoing dialogue which began in 1992 between the artists Ferreira and Jubelin and has subsequently expanded to involve the other collaborating partners.
Ângela Ferreira’s large scale, sculptural practice will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s small-scale, highly detailed works. Ferreira’s This will be juxtaposed with Jubelin’s more prosaic vernacular experience of revisiting her childhood family home in Australia. Using the photographic documentation of the building process Jubelin has created a series of small scale and highly detailed petit-point renderings, called ‘sewn essays’. The exhibition constitutes an interplay involving not just the two artists, but also curator Andrew Renton and architect Marcos Corrales, both of whom have collaborated with the artists, at times, over the past decade. The exhibition was initiated by Andrew Renton. Alongside the main exhibition, the Mozambique filmmaker Manthia Diawara, will premiere a documentary film relating to Ângela Ferreira’s exhibition at the Venice Biennale 2007, and examines the journeys made by Jean Prouvé’s Maison Tropicale. Diawara’s film observes Ferreira as she revisits the sites where this modernist icon was formerly installed.
The title of the exhibition refers to the public areas in theatres and concert halls, and the exhibition seeks to bring unarticulated spaces and stories from the backstage into the foreground, within sight of the front of house.
Angela Ferreira was born in Mapatu, Mozambique in 1958 and now lives and works in Lisbon.
Norelle Jubelin was born in Sydney, in 1960 and now lives and works in Madrid
Marcos Corrales was born in Madrid in 1964 where he lives and works.
Andrew Renton was born in London in 1963 where he lives and works.’
Publishing details: Parasol unit foundation for contemporary art, 2008 (?)
artists' book Theview full entry
Reference: The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years.
The artists: Rizwana Ahmad, Coralie Armstrong, Cristina Aura, Bob Baird, Julie Ballis, Elizabeth Barden, Joy Beardmore, Louise Beck, Terry Benson, Bryan Besly, Jacquie Blight, Stephanie Brown, Judy Brownlie, Filippa Buttitta, Miriam Cabello, Marcus Callum, Shirley Cameron-Roberts, Ann Cape, Eva Chant, Peter Ciemitis, Yve Close, Beverley Craig, Leeanne Crisp, Irene Crusca, Beverley Davies, Sinead Davies, Yolanta Desjardins, Susie Devenport, Rodney Edelsten, Helen Frances Edwards, Angelika Erbsland, Vivian Falk, Constance Farquharson, Rosa Fedele, Penelope Gilbert-Ng, Margot Gough, Jacqueline Grantford, Eva Herz-Murray, Regina Hona, Janet Hoyer Cobb, Julie Hutchings, Polly Ifould, Pamela Irving, Dee Jackson, Judith Johnson, Di King, Fiona Knox, Alex Sandor Kolozsy, Jeanette Korduba, Val Landa, Janis Lander, Josefia Lemon, Neil Liddell, Kathrin Longhurst, Christine Lott, Peter H. Marshall, Kerry McInnis, Ann Morton, Nafisa Naomi, Paul Newton, Judith O'Conal-Prinz, Lesley O'Shea, Kevin Oxley, Judy Pennefather, Evert Ploeg, David Rees, Sally Robinson, Robyn Ross, Sally Ryan, Pamela Scherf, Jules Sevelson, Raelene Sharp, Lesley Shelley, Jiawei Shen, Wendy-Jane Sheppard, Peter Smeeth, Kathy Smoker, Greg Somers, Robyn Stanton-Werkhoven, Jodi Stewart, Al Strangeways, Sue Taylor, Avril Thomas, Doffy White, Bronwyn Woodley Graham.
Publishing details: Portrait Artists Australia, 2012 
178 p.
Ref: 1009
Portrait Artists Australia - ten yearsview full entry
Reference: see The artists' book : Portrait Artists Australia - ten years.
The artists: Rizwana Ahmad, Coralie Armstrong, Cristina Aura, Bob Baird, Julie Ballis, Elizabeth Barden, Joy Beardmore, Louise Beck, Terry Benson, Bryan Besly, Jacquie Blight, Stephanie Brown, Judy Brownlie, Filippa Buttitta, Miriam Cabello, Marcus Callum, Shirley Cameron-Roberts, Ann Cape, Eva Chant, Peter Ciemitis, Yve Close, Beverley Craig, Leeanne Crisp, Irene Crusca, Beverley Davies, Sinead Davies, Yolanta Desjardins, Susie Devenport, Rodney Edelsten, Helen Frances Edwards, Angelika Erbsland, Vivian Falk, Constance Farquharson, Rosa Fedele, Penelope Gilbert-Ng, Margot Gough, Jacqueline Grantford, Eva Herz-Murray, Regina Hona, Janet Hoyer Cobb, Julie Hutchings, Polly Ifould, Pamela Irving, Dee Jackson, Judith Johnson, Di King, Fiona Knox, Alex Sandor Kolozsy, Jeanette Korduba, Val Landa, Janis Lander, Josefia Lemon, Neil Liddell, Kathrin Longhurst, Christine Lott, Peter H. Marshall, Kerry McInnis, Ann Morton, Nafisa Naomi, Paul Newton, Judith O'Conal-Prinz, Lesley O'Shea, Kevin Oxley, Judy Pennefather, Evert Ploeg, David Rees, Sally Robinson, Robyn Ross, Sally Ryan, Pamela Scherf, Jules Sevelson, Raelene Sharp, Lesley Shelley, Jiawei Shen, Wendy-Jane Sheppard, Peter Smeeth, Kathy Smoker, Greg Somers, Robyn Stanton-Werkhoven, Jodi Stewart, Al Strangeways, Sue Taylor, Avril Thomas, Doffy White, Bronwyn Woodley Graham.
Publishing details: Portrait Artists Australia, 2012 
178 p.
Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection view full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. Includes brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Peascod Alanview full entry
Reference: Alan Peascod : influences and dialogue, by Elizabeth Charles ... [et al.] Also includes biographical information on other artists.
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 2009 
[6] p. : ill.
Ref: 140
Oldroyd Grahamview full entry
Reference: see Alan Peascod : influences and dialogue, by Elizabeth Charles ... [et al.] Also includes biographical information on other artists.
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 2009 
[6] p. : ill.
Kuczwal Johnview full entry
Reference: see Alan Peascod : influences and dialogue, by Elizabeth Charles ... [et al.] Also includes biographical information on other artists.
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 2009 
[6] p. : ill.
Charles Elizabethview full entry
Reference: see Alan Peascod : influences and dialogue, by Elizabeth Charles ... [et al.] Also includes biographical information on other artists.
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 2009 
[6] p. : ill.
Frazer Simoneview full entry
Reference: see Alan Peascod : influences and dialogue, by Elizabeth Charles ... [et al.] Also includes biographical information on other artists apart from Peascod.
Publishing details: Wollongong City Gallery, 2009 
[6] p. : ill.
Ashton Willview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Bale A M Eview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Batterbee Rexview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Baxter Evelynview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Bell Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Bennett Ruberyview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Bone Thomasview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Bernalso Allanview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Bow Ianview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Boyd Arthurview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Buckmaster Ernestview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Cathcart Norman Bview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Coleman Alfredview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Colquhoun A Dview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Cumbrae-Stewart Janetview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Eager Williamview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Eldershaw Johnview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Emerson H Gview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Fiven Bertrandview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Fizelle Rahview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Gardner John Aview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Gill S Tview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Glass Peterview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Glover Johnview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Goodchild Johnview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Griffin Murrayview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Heffernan Edwardview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Helms Oscar Bview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Herbert Haroldview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Hilder J Jview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Hone Malcolmview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Lindsay Darylview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Lindsay Lionelview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Lindsay Normanview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Long Sydneyview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Longstaff Johnview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Loxton Johnview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
MacGeorge Normanview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
McCann Richardview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
McCubbin Frederickview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
McCulloch Wilfredview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
McInnes W Bview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
McNamara Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
McRae Doraview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Maltby Pegview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Martens Conradview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Meldrum Maxview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Mellow Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Minns B Eview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Montgomery Robertview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Pareroultja Edwinview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Perceval Johnview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Plante A Mview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Power Septimusview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Ragless Maxview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Ramsay Hughview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Rowell Johnview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Rowell Williamview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Scheltema J Hview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Sturgess R Wview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Vike Haraldview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Waitt Frankview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Wardell Ethelview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Wheeler Charlesview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Withers Walterview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Wood C Dudleyview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Young Blamireview full entry
Reference: see The M.C.A.E. Collection - Paintings 1820 - 1945. By Kerry Paull. Melbourne College of Advanced Education Collection catalogue. With brief biographies on the 70 artists whose works are catalogued.
Publishing details: Gryphon Gallery, 1987, pb, 61pp
Hidden Treasures IIview full entry
Reference: Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Ref: 125
corporate collectionsview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
private collectionsview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Allen, Allen & Hemsley Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection) view full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Kerry Stokes Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Stokes Collection Kerry Stokes Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Baker & McKenzie Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Beat Knoblauch & Associates Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Knoblauch & Associates Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Macquarie Bank Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
McDonald’s Australia Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
News Corp Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Reserve Bank Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
RGC Limited Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
State Bank of NSW Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures II: Art in Corporate Collections, by Anne Loxley (Curator). ’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections, including Allen, Allen & Hemsley, Australian Capital Equity (Kerry Stokes Collection, Baker & McKenzie, Beat Knoblauch & Associates, Macquarie Bank, McDonald’s Australia, News Corp, Reserve Bank, RGC Limited, State Bank of NSW.
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1996, pb, 32pp, illustrated.
Thomson Edward or Thompsonview full entry
Reference: see The Vision Splendid by Stephanie Owen Reeder. (Artists sketchbooks held in the National Library of Australia; includes extensive information on 22 Australian nineteenth century landscape painters, mostly lesser-known)
Publishing details: NLA, 2011, card covers, 176pp, with bibiliographies on each of the 22 artists.
Allen Allen & Hemsley Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Blake Dawson Waldron Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Commonwealth Bank Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Faber-Castell Australia Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Gardens Ridgeway Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
IBM Australia Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
John Fairfax Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Macquarie Bank Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Mallesons Stephen Jaques Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Minter Ellison Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
National Australia Bank Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Phillips Fox Solicitors Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Reserve Bank of Australia Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
Westpac Banking Collectionview full entry
Reference: see Hidden Treasures: Art in Corporate Collections, by Katrina Rumley et al. [’Exhibition publication for show held in 1995 at the SH Ervin Gallery Sydney showcasing some of the major works in corporate collections in Australia at that time. Artist’s plates include - John Babour, Elwyn Lynn, Janet Laurence, Richard Larter, Philip Wolfhagen, Aida Tomescu, Max Dupain, Janet Dawson, Bill Henson, Leonard French et al .’]
Publishing details: National Trust, S H Ervin Gallery, 1995, 40pp
McKenna Noelview full entry
Reference: Brisbane: My Home by Noel McKenna - Heiser Gallery Art Exhibition Catalog, 2014

Publishing details: Heiser Gallery Art, 2014, 16 pages, colour illustrations. Lettered saddle-stapled wrappers.


Ref: 1000
McKenna Noelview full entry
Reference: from MCA website: Noel McKenna.
Born 1956, Brisbane, Queensland. Lives and works Sydney, New South Wales.
Noel McKenna works across an array of mediums including oil, watercolour and enamel paints, ceramics and lithographs. McKenna maintains an ongoing thematic aesthetic, looking at the everyday within his artworks. Focusing his subject matter on animals, people and objects, McKenna explores both their displacement, as well as their interconnected encounters, interactions, behaviours and relationships.  
Throughout his career, McKenna has presented a number of solo exhibitions including Noel McKenna: Landscape – Mapped, Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane (2017); Australia Grotesque, Heiser Gallery, Brisbane (2017); Cats I Have Known, The Watermill Centre, New York, United States (2016); Concealing the Spot, Mother's Tankstation, Dublin (2015); A Walk from One Tree Hill to Half Moon Bay, Two Rooms, Auckland, New Zealand (2014); Polluting the acid – a selection of etchings and lithographs 1977–2013, Darren Knight Gallery, Sydney (2013); Travel Notes 2, Heiser Gallery, Brisbane (2012); The Weekly Bus-Rail Ticket: Noel McKenna, National Art School Gallery, Sydney (2008); Somewhere in the City, Queensland University of Technology Art Museum, Brisbane (2005).
McKenna has also participated in a number of group exhibitions including Scenes of our city, Museum of Brisbane, Brisbane (2017); Close to Home, Dobell Australian Drawing Biennial 2016, Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney (2016); Art Basel Miami, mother’s tankstation, Miami Beach, United States (2015); Sublime Point: The landscape in painting, Hazelhurst Regional Gallery and Arts Centre, Hazelhurst (2014); South of no North – Laurence Aberhart, William Eggleston, Noel McKenna, Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney (2013); Cicada Press: Collaboration and Connection, The Incinerator Art Space, Sydney (2011); Fully Booked, Arts Project Australia, Melbourne (2010); avoiding myth & message: Australian artists and the literary world, Museum of  Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney (2009). 
McKenna’s work is held in numerous collections throughout Australia including Art Gallery of New South Wales, Sydney; Art Gallery of South Australia, Adelaide; National Gallery of Australia, Canberra; National Gallery of Victoria, Melbourne; Parliament House, Canberra; Queensland Art Gallery | Gallery of Modern Art, Brisbane; State Library of Queensland, Brisbane; University of Tasmania, Tasmania; University of Western Australia, Perth. McKenna’s work is also held in private collections in Australia and internationally.
From the MCA Collection Handbook
Noel McKenna’s Country Rail Network of Australia (2005) is, at first glance, likely to disconcert. We are unaccustomed to seeing the familiar contours of the country inscribed with the entirety of its train tracks; this is not for large paintings in contemporary art museums but rather the stuff of railway brochures where, if we see any track lines at all, they are circumscribed by state or territory borders. The deceptive ordinariness of this subject, however, is combined with a considered approach to the medium of painting, making Country Rail Network of Australia an important work in McKenna’s oeuvre.
Despite his ‘homely’ hand, McKenna’s work is far from naïve; on the contrary, his is a highly considered practice. Brisbane-born and educated, McKenna is based in Sydney where he is a prodigious maker of prints, artist’s books, ceramics, paintings and sculpture that often humorously depict aspects of everyday life. In 2005 his long-term friend, the New Zealand poet Gregory O’Brien, revealed that “museum-quality work” is “an arch term in McKenna’s lexicon”.1 And, indeed, McKenna has made a very successful career out of genres and mediums that are low in the pecking order of the canonical hierarchy. He rarely makes ‘museum-scale’ works; when he makes what for him is a large work, such as Country Rail Network of Australia, we see his take on the grand genre of the subject or history painting.
Country Rail Network of Australia is from McKenna’s ongoing series of map paintings that began in 2004 with Race Tracks of Australia followed by bp fuel outlets of Australia (2005), Australian freshwater fish (2005) and Lighthouses of Australia (2006). The etching The Baggy Green (2007) differs from the other maps in that instead of location-related information the Australian continent is inscribed with a list of 395 men who played Australian Test Cricket. McKenna has described these works as a “straightforward way of talking about the landscape”. For him, Country Rail Network of Australia also has “abstract qualities … it shows how the country has been settled and the interests of the people”.2
On a personal level, Country Rail Network of Australia reflects McKenna’s affection for train travel. He doesn’t drive, has traversed much of Australia by train and his habitual negotiation of Sydney by public transport has been the subject of entire exhibitions.3 Stylistically, the maps are a particular component of his oeuvre. As he explains: “[they] are almost documentary paintings – they require a lot of research. They are slightly different from my other work in that I don’t make as many aesthetic decisions … [With maps] you have to put the name of the place where it is.”4
Visually, Country Rail Network of Australia is so pared back as to be almost stark, its bluntness evading easy interpretation. But we can be sure of one thing: for Noel McKenna, it depicts important information.

Anne Loxley
Anne Loxley is Senior Curator, C3West at the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia, Sydney.

1 Gregory O’Brien, ‘Sheltered life – Noel McKenna’, in Noel McKenna: Sheltered Life, exhibition catalogue, City Gallery Wellington, New Zealand, 2005, p 8.
2 See Noel McKenna, ‘Lobby – Viocorp’, http://webcast.viostream.com/Player/Default.aspx?viocast=6200&auth=fa6d8372-4335-4832-980d-2228bcef8da2&enableCache=True (accessed February 2016).
3 For example, The Weekly Bus-Rail Ticket: The Return Journey, Darren Knight Gallery, Sydney and The Weekly Bus-Rail Ticket: Noel McKenna, National Art School Gallery, Sydney, both 2008.
4 McKenna, op. cit.
Gleeson Jamesview full entry
Reference: JAMES GLEESON, 23 November - 18 December 2021, Charles Nodrum erxhibition. All works come from the Gleeson O’Keefe Foundation which is managed by the Art Gallery of New South Wales.
This is the 9th exhibition held since 2000 at Charles Nodrum Gallery of Australia's most committed surrealist painter.  It includes a selection of oils from the 1990s and a suite of watercolours that the artist made in his final year when he was no longer able to handle large paintings and so focused exclusively on works on paper.

In the early 1980s, after his retirement from his secondary career as an author, critic and curator, Gleeson devoted himself exclusively to painting and, to the surprise of all, the first exhibition of this sexagenarian proved to be an impressive display of monumentally scaled paintings with a sheer painterliness and an ambiguous level of abstraction which left viewers puzzling as to how these astonishing performances could be interpreted – a situation which continues to this day.  
His retrospective exhibition “James Gleeson: Beyond the Screen of Sight” was shown at the National Gallery of Victoria and the National Gallery of Australia in 2004-5.
Publishing details: Charles Nodrum Gallery, 2021 [catalogue details to be entered]
Ref: 1000
Allport Henry view full entry
Reference: see British Museum catalogue:
Museum number
1890,0512.3
Description
View of Conway Castle; castle seen from high ground near the mouth of the river, broken ground in the foreground with deep woods among which the village of Conway. 1816
Watercolour and bodycolour, strengthened with gum
Producer name
Drawn by: Henry Allport
School/style
British
Production date
1816
Materials
paper
Technique
drawn
Dimensions
Height: Height: 419 millimetres
Width: Width: 590 millimetres
Inscriptions
Inscription type: inscription
Inscription content: Signed and dated: "H C.Allport 1816"
Curator's comments
This watercolour was exhibited in 1816 at the Society of Painters in Oil and Water Colours in London (no. 233, as 'Conway Castle'). See T. Wilcox, 'The Triumph of Watercolour', exh. cat. Dulwich, 2005. Allport taught drawing in Birmingham and travelled to Italy with John Glover in 1818. Glover may have been his teacher; he followed Glover to Australia in 1839.
Bibliographic references
Binyon 1898-1907 / Catalogue of drawings by British artists, and artists of foreign origin working in Great Britain (2)
Location
Not on display
Exhibition history
1816 Society of Painters in Oils and Watercolours (233, as 'Conway Castle')
2005 Feb-April, Dulwich Picture Gallery, 'The Triumph of Watercolour' (no. 55)
2005 May-Aug, Manchester, Whitworth Art, Gallery, 'The Triumph of Watercolour'
Associated places
Topographic representation of: Conwy Castle
Europe: British Isles: Wales: Conwy: Conwy (town): Conwy Castle
Acquisition name
Purchased from: Dr John Percy
Purchased through: Christie's (15-18, 22-24.iv and 12.v.1890/18)
Purchased through: Joseph Hogarth
Acquisition date
1890
Department
Prints and Drawings
Registration number
1890,0512.3
Merrett Charlesview full entry
Reference: see British Museum catalogue:
Museum number
Oc2006,Drg.83
Title
Object: Object: The Natives of Tasmania bewailing the loss of their country
Description
Drawing; watercolour, group of six Tasmanian Aboriginal people; two standing with their arms up in the air; four others crying, one with arm up in the air.
Producer name
Drawn by: Merrett, Charles (?)
Production date
1837-1847
Production place
Painted in: Tasmania
Oceania: Australia: Tasmania
Materials
paper
Technique
drawn
Dimensions
Height: Height: 33 centimetres (mounted) (mounted)
Height: Height: 9.30 centimetres
Width: Width: 40.40 centimetres (mounted) (mounted)
Width: Width: 11.20 centimetres
Inscriptions
Inscription type: inscription
Inscription content: The Natives of Tasmania bewaling the loss of their country. Finis-
Inscription note: written bottom front of drawing
Curator's comments
This unsigned work was drawn to illustrate the end of George Augustus Robinson's planned book on his experiences in Tasmania. An inventory (Royal Anthropological Institute Ms 145) by Barnard Davis of the material he acquired from Robinson's widow lists '33. Coloured drawing. "The natives of Tasmania bewailing the loss of their country". A design for the…
View more
about curator's comments

Bibliographic references
Sculthorpe 1990 / The Ethnographic collection of George Augustus Robinson (p.91, item 14)
Buscombe 1978 / Artists in early Australia and their portraits
Location
Not on display
Exhibition history
Exhibited
1988 31 Mar-29 May, Commonwealth Institute, London
1988 25 Jun-31 July, The Usher Gallery, Lincoln

Exhibited for exhibition 'Stories of Australian Art' curated by Jonathan Watkins. See publication of same name published by Commonwealth Institute and Australian Studies Centre, London.
Condition
Window mounted, in good condition.
Subjects
australian/indigenous australian
Associated places
Associated with: Tasmania
Oceania: Australia: Tasmania
Associated ethnic name
Representation of: Aboriginal Australian
Acquisition name
Donated by: Sir Augustus Wollaston Franks
Previous owner
Previous owner/ex-collection: Dr Barnard Davis
Previous owner/ex-collection: Rose Robinson
Previous owner/ex-collection: George Augustus Robinson
Acquisition notes
This drawing was amongst the material Franks acquired at the sale of J B Davis' estate in early 1883. It was one of a series of drawings. prints, paintings and ethnographic objects relating to Australia which J B Davis purchased in 1867 from Rose Robinson, G A Robinson's widow.

In the Sotheby's sale of the Davis collection in 1883, Lot 32 was bought by…
View more
about acquisition notes

Department
Africa, Oceania and the Americas
Registration number
Oc2006,Drg.83
Additional IDs
Miscellaneous number: Miscellaneous number: 33 (Davis Catalogue MS 145 RAI 1867) (Davis Catalogue MS 145 RAI 1867)
Miscellaneous number: Miscellaneous number: Oc2006-Drg83-Ano
Gould Fred and Lucy Art Collectionview full entry
Reference: The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Ref: 125
Baker Caroline 1984-1988view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Christmas Ernest W c1850-1918 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Hampel Carl c1887-1942view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Jenner Isaac Walter 1836-1902 with brief biog p33view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Thomas George Grosvenor 1856-1923view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Wilcox Lucy Emily 1875-1948 11 paintings 4 drawingsview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Elliott Frederick 1860-1927 4 worksview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Simpson Herbert Clark 1879-1966view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Sinclair Alfred Wadham 1866-1938 5 worksview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Tebbitt Henri 1862-1926view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Thompson Estelle c1895-1956view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Comrie-Smith Estelle c1895-1956 later Thompsonview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Wadham William Joseph 1863-1950view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Wirth Louis Wilhelm Karl 1858-1950 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Young William active 1920s 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Hopkins Livingtone 1846-1927 5 worksview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Low David 1892-1963view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Minns B E 1864-1937view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Powell Lange Leopold 1884-1938view full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Powell Lange Leopold 1884-1938 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
Rees Lloyd 3 drawings 1 oilview full entry
Reference: see The Fred and Lucy Gould Art Collection - Toowoomba Regional Art Gallery. Includes furniture, porcelain, ceramics, and art works. No biographical information on artists is included, Includes cataloguing information on works, including works by some lesser-known Australian artists.
Publishing details: Toowoomba, Qld. : The Gallery, [1996] 
42 p. : ill. (some col.)
City of Whitehorse Art Collection Theview full entry
Reference: The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Ref: 144
Abdul-Aziz Rashidaview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Abel Georgeview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Amato Samview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Ameneiro Tonyview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Armour M R Lview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Armytage Harryview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Blogg Johnview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Blakebrough Lesview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Brash Barbaraview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Brown Geoffreyview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Browning George 1918-2000 8 worksview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Buckmaster Ernest 3 worksview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Bull Norma 1906-80 4 worksview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Carter Maurie 1920-65view full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Counihan Noel 1913-86 15 worksview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Courier Jack 1 workview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Dunn Phyl 1911-99view full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Markham Arthur 1912-88view full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Miller Robert Tview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
O’Connor Ailsa 2 worksview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Rosser Celia 30 worksview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Short William Snrview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Emmerson Pattern Co mouldmakersview full entry
Reference: see The City of Whitehorse Art Collection.Accompanying material: Alphabetical listing as at March 2003. No biographical entries on artists but some information on artists within essays by Erica Sanders Anna Clabburn, Ken Scarlett, Kelly Gellatly and Victoria Hammond..
Publishing details: Nunawading, Vic. : City of Whitehorse, 2003 
40 p. : col. ill. catalogue listing inserted
Bliss Gloria view full entry
Reference: see Roseberys auction, London, United Kingdom, Wednesday 01 December, 2021, lot 323-6 4 lots including:
Gloria Bliss,
Australian b.1954-

Walkabout, 2001;

mixed media; oil and collage on canvas, signed, titled and dated 2001 on the reverse, 61x92cm

Provenance: Private Collection, London

Note: Gloria Bliss is an Aboriginal artist who comes from Rockingham in Perth.

This work is framed and has not been examined outside of the frame.
There is cockling to the canvas, alongside surface dirt and slight paint loss.
There are minor scuffs to the frame.
Overall this work appears to be in fair condition.






First | Previous | Record 139001 – 140000 of 158397 | Next | Last